Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Instruments & Supplies / Harvard Bioscience

Harvard Bioscience

hbio · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker hbio
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Instruments & Supplies
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · Harvard Bioscience
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2 0 1 4   A N N U A L   R E P O R T

Solutions to Advance Life Science

Financial Highlights

Revenues
($ U.S. in thousands)

108,179 108,864

111,171

108,663

105,171

2014 Revenues by Region

59% United States

23% United Kingdom

18% Rest of the world

Employees by Country
(As of December 31, 2014)

FY10

FY11

FY12

FY13

FY14

Non-GAAP Adjusted Income  
from Continuing Operations
($ U.S. in thousands)

10,878

10,220

9,816

8,893

7,062

FY10

FY11

FY12

FY13

FY14

Non-GAAP Adjusted Diluted EPS
($ U.S.)

0.37

0.33

0.34

0.22

50% United States

24% Germany

16% United Kingdom

6% Spain

0.27

2% Canada

1% Sweden

1% China

FY10

FY11

FY12

FY13

FY14

In this annual report, we have included non-GAAP financial 
information including adjusted income and adjusted earnings 
per diluted share from continuing operations. We believe that 
this non-GAAP financial information provides investors with an 
enhanced understanding of the underlying operations of the 
business. This non-GAAP financial information approximates 
information used by our management to internally evaluate our 
results. In particular, we believe that the presentation of non-

GAAP adjusted income from continuing operations, including 
a number of adjusted line items, provides investors with a 
clearer understanding of the full effect of the adjustments that 
we make to our GAAP income and earnings per diluted share 
from continuing operations in order to derive our non-GAAP 
adjusted income and earnings per diluted share from continuing 
operations. A tabular reconciliation of these non-GAAP adjusted 
results can be found at Exhibit 1 and 2.

H A R V A R D   B I O S C I E N C E ,   I N C .   •   2 0 1 4   A N N U A L   R E P O R T

Jeff Duchemin

Jeffrey A. Duchemin was 
appointed Chief Executive 
Officer on August 26, 
2013.  He assumed the 
additional roles of President 
on November 1, 2013 
and Director on October 
29, 2013. Prior to joining 
Harvard Bioscience,  
Mr. Duchemin spent 16 
years with Becton Dickinson 
(BD) in progressive sales, 
marketing and executive 
leadership positions 
across BD’s three business 
segments; BD Medical 
Systems, BD Diagnostic 
Systems, and BD 
Biosciences. Mr. Duchemin 
earned an M.B.A. from 
Southern New Hampshire 
University and a B.S. 
in accounting from the 
University of Massachusetts 
Dartmouth.

Financial Performance

Selected Financial Data

For The Years Ended December 31,

2014  

2013  

2012  

2011  

2010

(in thousands, except per share data)

Statement of Operations Data:

Revenues ....................................................................................... $ 108,663  $ 105,171  $ 111,171  $ 108,864  $ 108,179 

Cost of revenues ............................................................................    59,319     57,475     58,831     58,672     56,400 

Gross profit ..............................................................................    49,344     47,696     52,340     50,192     51,779 

Operating expenses .......................................................................    42,726     46,159     44,510     41,787     40,938 

Operating income .....................................................................    6,618     1,537   

 7,830     8,405     10,841 

Other expense, net ..................................................................   

(2,201 )   

(1,102 )   

(938 )   

(1,537 )   

(655 )

Income from continuing operations before income taxes .......    4,417    

435     6,892     6,868     10,186 

Income tax expense (benefit) .........................................................    2,062   

(288)

   2,398     1,579    

(9,452 )

Income from continuing operations .........................................    2,355    

723     4,494     5,289     19,638 

Discontinued operations (1):

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax .........................  

–      

(2,553 )  

 (2,124 )   

(1,477 )   

(623 )

Net income (loss) ..................................................................... $  2,355 $  (1,830 ) $  2,370  $  3,812  $ 19,015 

Earnings (loss) per share:

Basic earnings per common share from continuing operations . $ 

0.07  $ 

0.02  $ 

0.16  $ 

0.19  $ 

0.68 

Discontinued operations ..........................................................  

0.00  

(0.08 )  

(0.07 )  

(0.05 )  

(0.02 )

Basic earnings (loss) per common share ................................. $ 

0.07 $ 

(0.06 ) $ 

0.09  $ 

0.14  $ 

0.66 

Diluted earnings per common share from continuing operations .. $ 

0.07  $ 

0.02  $ 

0.15  $ 

0.18  $ 

0.67 

Discontinued operations ..........................................................  

0.00  

(0.08 )  

(0.07 )  

(0.05 )  

(0.02 )

Karl-Heinz Boven

Diluted (loss) earnings per common share ............................... $ 

0.07 $ 

(0.06 ) $ 

0.08  $ 

0.13  $ 

0.65 

Weighted average common shares:

Basic .........................................................................................    32,171     30,384     28,799     28,451     28,967 

Diluted ......................................................................................    33,237     31,914     29,793     29,819     29,405 

As of December 31,

2014  

2013  

2012  

2011  

2010

(in thousands)

Balance Sheet Data:

Cash and cash equivalents ....................................................... $ 14,134  $ 25,771  $ 20,681  $ 17,916  $ 19,704 

Working capital .........................................................................    38,964     44,665     49,071     48,004     47,270 

Total assets ..............................................................................   135,916    135,460    133,484    126,634    124,797 

Long-term debt, net of current portion ....................................    16,450     19,750     12,950     16,300     18,009 

Stockholders’ equity .................................................................    95,468     94,485    104,213     95,499    90,248 

Please refer to Item 6 beginning on page 25 in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014, 
included herein, for footnotes to our Selected Financial Data.

Karl-Heinz Boven founded 
Multi Channel Systems 
(MCS) in 1996 with 
Andreas Möller. MCS is a 
developer, manufacturer 
and marketer of 
instrumentation for 
extracellular recording 
and stimulation. Prior 
to founding MCS, Mr. 
Boven held progressive 
positions in the field 
of bioelectronics at 
Schaerfe System GmbH, 
Germany. He is currently 
a Director of R&D at 
Harvard Bioscience. 
Mr. Boven holds a 
diploma in physics with 
a major in computational 
neuroscience from the 
University of Tübingen.

W W W . H A R V A R D B I O S C I E N C E . C O M

 
 
Dear Fellow Shareholders

2014was a transformational one for Harvard Bioscience. We returned the 

Company to organic revenue growth after a year of decline, acquired  
two companies specializing in electrophysiology equipment and, 

beginning in December 2013, began a multiple-year restructuring program to reduce costs, 
align global functions, consolidate facilities and reinvest in key areas, including our commercial 
and IT teams. Our vision continues to be a world-leading life science company that excels in 
meeting the needs of our customers by providing a wide breadth of innovative products and 
solutions, while providing exemplary customer service. The accomplishments of 2014 brought 
us closer to that vision, with the end goal of creating a stronger, more focused company,  
and ultimately maximizing shareholder value. 

    Throughout 2014, I have spoken with our employees, existing and potential investors, 
customers, suppliers and analysts covering our Company about our four-pillar strategy to 
achieve top-line and bottom-line growth: commercial excellence and organic growth,  
new product development, acquisitions and operational efficiencies.

Commercial Excellence and Organic Growth 

    The most important pillar to achieve our goals is commercial excellence and organic growth.  
Our functional realignment and reinvestment in our commercial team has created a 
reinvigorated sales and marketing organization strongly focused on advancing our global 
growth initiatives. I am happy to report that our commercial teams are executing to plan, 
resulting in a return to revenue growth. Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 
increased 2.4 percent, on a constant currency basis, to $108.7 million, compared to revenues 
of $105.2 million for 2013.

    Looking ahead, we are positioning ourselves for growth by completing our commercial 
organization in China, and we are preparing to build exposure into other Asian countries, 
including Korea and Japan, as well as Southeast Asia. We are also looking to Latin America as 
another growth region and expanding our commercial team to capitalize on this opportunity. 

    To help prepare for our continued growth, we announced in February the appointment of 
Ryan Atienza to the newly created position of Vice President of Sales at our Denville Scientific 
subsidiary. I have worked with Ryan in the past and have every level of confidence that he will 
be an important contributor to the sales growth of our North American consumable products, 
an integral component of our revenue base. 

    With these building blocks in place, and having developed new channel relationships 
through the year, we are in a strong position to capitalize on further growth opportunities into 
2015 and beyond.

New Product Development

    Our principal research and development mission is to develop products that address  
growth opportunities and customer needs within the life science process. Over the past year, 
we have made it a priority to reinvigorate product development, with the goal of accelerating 
the path from concept to commercialization. Illustrating the success of this new approach 
was our successful launch of the OxyletPro system for metabolic monitoring, which was 
introduced in July 2014. It measures respiration and metabolism, animal activities and food 
intake. The product has been well accepted in Europe, Asia, Latin America and the U.S. 

    As we look to 2015 and beyond, we will continue to invest in and pursue a balanced 
development portfolio strategy of originating new products from internal research and 
development. Our internal process will continue to be complemented by our third pillar—
acquisitions. Expanded product offerings through acquisitions will only strengthen our 
Company as we use our well-established brands and distribution channels to accelerate 
growth of the acquired products.

H A R V A R D   B I O S C I E N C E ,   I N C .   •   2 0 1 4   A N N U A L   R E P O R T

Acquisitions

    During the fourth quarter and into the first month of 2015, we successfully  
completed the acquisitions of three companies specializing in electrophysiology 
equipment, an approximately $100 million market and important segment in academic 
research and drug discovery. Our first acquisition, Multi Channel Systems MCS GmbH, 
develops, manufactures and markets instrumentation for extracellular recording and 
stimulation. Our second acquisition, Triangle BioSystems Inc., develops, manufactures and 
markets wireless neural interface equipment to aid in vivo neuroscience research.  
Our third acquisition, HEKA Elektronik, which we acquired in January 2015, specializes in 
patch clamp amplifier instrumentation for biomedical research applications. Combined, 
these three companies complement our existing electrophysiology product line offered 
through our Warner Instruments brand. As a result, we now offer the most comprehensive 
set of solutions for electrophysiology customers. 

    The fourth quarter results of Multi Channel Systems MCS GmbH and Triangle 
BioSystems, Inc. were included in our 2014 consolidated financial statements and have 
already started to produce positive results for us, adding to our top-line. We do not intend 
to stop here. Acquisitions will continue to be an integral part of our growth strategy. 
Our acquisition pipeline is full and we will continue to strategically approach business 
development opportunities that align with our business strategy and core competencies.

Operational Efficiencies

    Our operational strategy aims to continuously improve our operational efficiency 
across the Company. As part of our multiple-year restructuring program, in 2014 we 
initiated several site consolidation plans, including the relocation of our Denville Scientific 
distribution business to a new state-of-the-art distribution center in Charlotte, NC, and the 
consolidation of our Biochrom manufacturing operations into our facility in Holliston, MA. 
We expect to incur costs of approximately $750 thousand to $1 million in 2015 related to 
these moves, while the relocation and consolidation of these facilities will result in savings 
of approximately $750 thousand to $1 million annually beginning in 2016. 

    I will conclude my comments by stating that these are exciting times for Harvard 
Bioscience. The work ahead of us will not be easy, but I believe our 2014 accomplishments 
have positioned us for future success in the coming years. Our strategic path forward 
is clear. Using the four-pillar strategy as our foundation, we will continue to work as 
an organization to build shareholder value, while striving to meet all the needs of our 
customers in the complex environment of the life science industry.

Sincerely,

Jeffrey A. Duchemin
President & Chief Executive Officer

W W W . H A R V A R D B I O S C I E N C E . C O M

Corporate Information

Our Company

Harvard Bioscience, Inc., a Delaware corporation, is a global developer, manufacturer and marketer of 
a broad range of scientific instruments, systems and lab consumables used to advance life science for 
basic research, drug discovery, clinical and environmental testing. Our products are sold to thousands of 
researchers in over 100 countries through our global sales organization, websites, catalogs, and through 
distributors including Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc., VWR, GE Healthcare, and other specialized distributors. 
We have sales and manufacturing operations in the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany, 
Sweden, Spain, France, Canada and China. Our vision is to be a world-leading life science company that 
excels in meeting the needs of our customers by providing a wide breadth of innovative products and 
solutions, while providing exemplary customer service.

Management
Jeffrey A. Duchemin 
President & Chief Executive Officer

Robert E. Gagnon 
Chief Financial Officer

Yong Sun 
Vice President, Strategic Marketing 
and Business Development

Vice President, Research & 
Development

Yoav Sibony 
Vice President, Global Sales

Stock Profile
Since the Company’s initial public 
offering on December 7, 2000, 
shares of Harvard Bioscience, Inc. 
have been quoted on the Nasdaq 
Global Market, and currently trade 
under the symbol “HBIO”.

As of March 6, 2015, the Company 
had 168 stockholders of record. The 
Company believes that the number 
of beneficial owners of our common 
stock at that date was substantially 
greater.

Corporate Address
HARVARD BIOSCIENCE, INC. 
84 October Hill Road 
Holliston, Massachusetts 01746 
www.harvardbioscience.com

Independent Registered  
Public Accounting Firm
KPMG LLP 
Two Financial Center  
60 South Street 
Boston, Massachusetts 02111 
www.kpmg.com

General Counsel 
Burns & Levinson LLP 
125 Summer Street 
Boston, Massachusetts 02110

Transfer Agent  
& Registrar
COMPUTERSHARE LIMITED 
250 Royall Street 
Canton, Massachusetts 02021

Annual Meeting  
of Stockholders
The Annual Meeting of Stockholders 
of Harvard Bioscience, Inc. will 
be held on Thursday, May 28, 
2015 at 11:00 a.m. local time, at 
the offices of Burns & Levinson 
LLP, 125 Summer Street, Boston, 
Massachusetts 02110.  

Investor Relations
To obtain copies of this annual  
report or other financial  
information, please write or call:

Investor Relations 
Harvard Bioscience, Inc. 
84 October Hill Road 
Holliston, Massachusetts 01746 
508-893-8066

Dividends
Harvard Bioscience, Inc. has never 
declared or paid cash dividends  
on its common stock and currently 
has no plans to do so in the 
foreseeable future.

Board of Directors
Robert Dishman, PhD 
Formerly Chairman & CEO 
Tarpon Biosystems, Inc.

Jeffrey A. Duchemin 
Our President & Chief Executive Officer

David Green 
CEO 
Harvard Apparatus Regenerative  
Technology, Inc.

Neal J. Harte, CPA 
President 
TACS Group

John F. Kennedy 
Formerly President & CFO  
Nova Ventures Corporation

Earl R. Lewis 
Chairman 
FLIR Systems, Inc.

Bertrand Loy 
President & CEO 
Entegris, Inc.

George Uveges 
Principal 
Tallwood Group

Price Range of  
Common Stock*
Year Ended December 31, 2014

Quarter 

First 
Second 
Third 
Fourth 

High 

4.88 
4.74 
4.90 
5.67 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

FY 2014 average 
FY 2014 closing 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

Year Ended December 31, 2013

Quarter 

First 
Second 
Third 
Fourth 

High 

4.61 
4.32 
4.28 
5.07 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

FY 2013 average 
FY 2013 closing 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

Low 

4.10  
3.73  
4.09  
4.14

4.53  
5.67

Low 

3.25  
3.45  
3.60  
3.76

4.03  
4.70 

*Reflects the stock price ranges as adjusted for the spin-off of HART which was consummated on November 1, 2013, for the 2013 periods presented.

H A R V A R D   B I O S C I E N C E ,   I N C .   •   2 0 1 4   A N N U A L   R E P O R T

Andreas Möller

Andreas Möller founded 
Multi Channel Systems 
(MCS) in 1996 with  
Karl-Heinz Boven. MCS is 
a developer, manufacturer 
and marketer of 
instrumentation for 
extracellular recording 
and stimulation. Prior to 
founding MCS, Mr. Möller 
worked in the field  of 
experimental nuclear 
physics at the University 
of Tübingen. He is 
currently a Director of R&D 
at Harvard Bioscience.  
Mr. Möller holds a M.Sc. 
in Physics from the 
University of Tübingen.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 

Washington, D.C. 20549  

FORM 10-K 

(cid:2) 

(cid:3) 

Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 
or 

Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

For the transition period from              to              
Commission File Number 001-33957  

HARVARD BIOSCIENCE, INC. 

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter) 

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of Incorporation or organization) 

04-3306140 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

84 October Hill Road, Holliston, Massachusetts 01746 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices, including zip code) 

(508) 893-8999 
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value 
Preferred Stock Purchase Rights 

Name of each exchange on which registered
The NASDAQ Global Market 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  
None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES (cid:4)    NO (cid:2) 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. YES (cid:4)    NO (cid:2) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements 
for the past 90 days. YES (cid:2)    NO (cid:4) 

Indicate by  check  mark  whether the  registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every Interactive Data File 
required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was 
required to submit and post such files). YES (cid:2)    NO (cid:4) 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to 
the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to 
this Form 10-K. (cid:4) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. 

See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): 

Large accelerated filer (cid:4) 
Non-accelerated filer (cid:4) 

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

Accelerated filer (cid:2) 
Smaller reporting company (cid:4) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. YES (cid:4)    NO (cid:2) 

The aggregate market value of 30,389,116 shares of voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2014 was approximately 
$138,270,478 based on the closing sales price of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share on that date. Shares of the registrant’s common stock 
held by each officer and director and each person known to the registrant to own 10% or more of the outstanding voting power of the registrant have been 
excluded in that such persons may be deemed affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not a determination for other purposes. The registrant has no 
shares of non-voting common stock authorized or outstanding. 

At March 6, 2015, there were 33,164,780 shares of the registrant’s common stock issued and outstanding. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement in connection with the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”), to be filed 
within 120 days after the end of the Registrant’s fiscal year, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K. Except with respect to information 
specifically incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K, the Proxy Statement is not deemed to be filed as part hereof. 

 
   
   
 
 
     
   
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

HARVARD BIOSCIENCE, INC. 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2014 
INDEX 

PART I 

Page

   Item 1. 

Business ........................................................................................................................................................  1 

   Item 1A.  Risk Factors ..................................................................................................................................................  10 

   Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments .........................................................................................................................  21 

   Item 2. 

Properties ......................................................................................................................................................  21 

   Item 3. 

Legal Proceedings .........................................................................................................................................  22 

   Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures ...............................................................................................................................  22 

PART II 

Item 5.  Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 

Securities ......................................................................................................................................................  23 

   Item 6. 

Selected Financial Data ................................................................................................................................  25 

   Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ........................  26 

   Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk .......................................................................  39 

   Item 8. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data .............................................................................................  40 

   Item 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure .......................  40 

   Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures ...............................................................................................................................  40 

   Item 9B.  Other Information .........................................................................................................................................  44 

PART III 

   Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ............................................................................  44 

   Item 11.  Executive Compensation ..............................................................................................................................  44 

   Item 12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters .....  44 

   Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ..............................................  44 

   Item 14. 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services .......................................................................................................  44 

PART IV 

   Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules ......................................................................................................  45 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements .................................................................................................  F-1 

Signatures 

i 

 
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
     
 
 
  
 
     
  
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains statements that are not statements of historical fact and are forward-looking 
statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 (the “Exchange Act”), each as amended. The forward-looking statements are principally, but not exclusively, contained in 
“Item 1: Business” and “Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” 
These  statements  involve  known  and  unknown  risks,  uncertainties  and  other  factors  that  may  cause  our  actual  results, 
performance  or  achievements  to  be  materially  different  from  any  future  results,  performance  or  achievements  expressed  or 
implied  by  the  forward-looking  statements.  Forward-looking  statements  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  statements  about 
management’s confidence or expectations, our business strategy, our ability to raise capital or borrow funds to consummate 
acquisitions and the availability of attractive acquisition candidates, our expectations regarding future costs of product revenues, 
our anticipated compliance with the covenants contained in our credit facility, the adequacy of our financial resources and our 
plans,  objectives,  expectations  and  intentions  that  are  not  historical  facts.  In  some  cases,  you  can  identify  forward-looking 
statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “seek,” “expects,” “plans,” “aim,” “anticipates,” 
“believes,”  “estimates,”  “projects,”  “predicts,”  “intends,”  “think,”  “strategy,”  “potential,”  “objectives,”  “optimistic,” 
“new,” “goal” and similar expressions intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements reflect our current 
views with respect to future events and are based on assumptions and subject to risks and uncertainties. Given these uncertainties, 
you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. We discuss many of these risks in detail under the 
heading “Item 1A. Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. You should carefully review all of 
these factors, as well as other risks described in our public filings, and you should be aware that there may be other factors, 
including factors of which we are not currently aware, that could cause these differences. Also, these forward-looking statements 
represent our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this report. We may not update these forward-looking statements, 
even though our situation may change in the future, unless we have obligations under the federal securities laws to update and 
disclose material developments related to previously disclosed information. Harvard Bioscience, Inc. is referred to herein as 
“we,” “our,” “us,” and “the Company.” 

PART I 

Item 1. 

Business. 

Overview 

Harvard Bioscience, Inc., a Delaware corporation, is a global developer, manufacturer and marketer of a broad range of 
scientific instruments, systems and lab consumables used to advance life science for basic research, drug discovery, clinical and 
environmental  testing.  Our  products  are  sold  to  thousands  of  researchers  in  over  100  countries  through  our  global  sales 
organization, websites, catalogs, and through distributors including Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc., VWR, GE Healthcare, and 
other specialized distributors. We have sales and manufacturing operations in the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany, 
Sweden, Spain, France, Canada, and China. 

Our History 

Our business began in 1901 under the name Harvard Apparatus. It was founded by Dr. William T. Porter, a Professor of 
Physiology at Harvard Medical School and a pioneer of physiology education. The Company has grown over the years with the 
development and evolution of modern life science research and education. Our early inventions included ventilators based on 
Dr. Porter’s design, the mechanical syringe pump for drug infusion in the 1950s, and the microprocessor controlled syringe pump 
in the 1980s. 

In  March  1996,  a  group  of  investors  acquired  a  majority  of  the  then  existing  business  of  our  predecessor,  Harvard 
Apparatus. Following this acquisition, the focus of our Company was redirected to participate in the higher growth areas within 
the life science industry by acquiring innovative technologies while continuing to grow the existing business through internal 
product development. Since 1996, we have completed more than 25 business or product line acquisitions related to our continuing 
operations, including three acquisitions beginning in the fourth quarter of 2014. We have also developed many new product lines 
including: new generation Harvard Apparatus syringe pumps, PHD Ultra series of syringe pumps, advanced Inspira ventilators, 
GeneQuant  DNA/RNA/protein  calculators,  UVM  plate  readers,  BTX  Gemini  X2  multi-waveform  electroporation  system, 
BioDrop micro-volume spectrophotometer and cuvette, and OxyletPro metabolic monitoring system. 

From 2009 through November 1, 2013, Harvard Bioscience’s operations included two main businesses, the Life Science 
Research Tools business and the Regenerative Medicine Device (“RMD”) business.   In 2013, we consummated the spin-off of 
Harvard  Apparatus  Regenerative  Technology,  Inc.  (“HART”),  the  entity  which  operated  our  RMD  business,  to  our  existing 
shareholders by means of a distribution of stock we owned in HART. 

1 

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
In August 2013, Jeffrey A. Duchemin was hired by the Board of Directors and became the new President and CEO of our 
Company to replace departing founder, President and interim CEO, David Green. Other key new hires during 2013 and thereafter 
included Robert Gagnon as Chief Financial Officer, Yong Sun as Vice President, Global Strategic Marketing, R&D and Business 
Development, Yoav Sibony as Vice President, Global Sales; and Ron Aplin, as Vice President, Global Operations and Quality. 
2014 was the first full fiscal year that the new management team led our Company. Additionally, in February 2015, we appointed 
Ryan Atienza to Vice President of Sales at our Denville Scientific subsidiary.  

At the end of 2013 we began a multiple year restructuring program to reduce costs, align global functions, consolidate 
facilities, and reinvest in key areas such as sales and IT.  As part of the reinvestment, we initiated a plan in 2014 to invest in and 
implement a new global enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) platform.  Additionally, during 2014, as part of the restructuring 
program,  we  initiated  plans  to  relocate  and  consolidate  the  distribution,  finance  and  marketing  operations  of  our  Denville 
Scientific, Inc. (“Denville Scientific”) facility and manufacturing operations of our Biochrom Ltd. (“Biochrom”) facility. We 
believe the restructuring program positions the Company to stabilize, focus on, and grow the life science business. 

During the fourth quarter 2014, we acquired two businesses with advanced electrophysiology technologies, Multi Channel 
Systems  MCS  GmbH  (“MCS”),  and  Triangle  BioSystems,  Inc.  (“TBSI”).  In  addition,  we  acquired  HEKA  Elektronik,  a 
biomedical instrumentation and software business with headquarters in Germany (“HEKA”) in January 2015. We believe these 
acquisitions will add approximately $12 million annual revenues and be accretive to earnings per share. MCS is a developer, 
manufacturer and marketer of in vitro and in vivo electrophysiology instrumentation for extracellular recording and stimulation. 
This  acquisition  is  complementary  to  the  in  vitro  electrophysiology  line  currently  offered  by  our  wholly-owned  Warner 
Instruments subsidiary. TBSI is a developer, manufacturer and marketer of wireless neural interface equipment to aid in vivo 
neuroscience research, especially in the fields of electrophysiology, psychology, neurology and pharmacology. This acquisition 
is complementary to the behavioral neuroscience lines currently offered by our wholly-owned Panlab and Coulbourn subsidiaries. 

Our Strategy 

Our vision is to be a world leading life science company that excels in meeting the needs of our customers by providing a 

wide breath of innovative products and solutions, while providing exemplary customer service. 

Our business strategy is to have a broad range of highly specialized products that have strong positions in targeted market 

segments within the life science industry. 

We believe that: 

(cid:2)  having a broad and high quality product offering reduces the risk of being dependent on a single technology; 

(cid:2)  having  relatively  inexpensive  products  including  instruments,  systems,  and  consumables  reduces  the  volatility

associated with expensive capital equipment; 

(cid:2)  providing strong technical and application service helps customers solve their problems and provides additional value

to the customer in their research; and 

(cid:2)  having a global sales, marketing and distribution team reaches directly to customers and builds strong relationships

with them. 

We seek to grow this range of products through a combination of organic growth driven by internal development of new 
products, direct marketing, global sales and distribution channel expansion, and the acquisition of products. We use acquisitions 
to expand our product offerings because we believe we can use our well-established brands and distribution channels to accelerate 
the growth of these acquired products. Our operational strategy aims to continuously improve our operational efficiency across 
the Company, including the newly acquired companies, therefore contributing to profit improvement. 

Our Products 

Today,  our  broad  core  product  range  is  organized  into  five  product  families:  Fluidics,  Lab  Equipment  and  Supplies, 
Molecular Analysis, Cell Physiology, and Animal Physiology. We primarily sell these products under brand names, including 
Harvard Apparatus, KD Scientific, Denville Scientific, AHN, Hoefer, Biochrom, BTX, Warner Instruments, MCS, HEKA, Hugo 
Sachs Elektronik, Panlab, Coulbourn Instruments, TBSI, and CMA Microdialysis. 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
Our products consist of instruments, consumables, and systems that are made up of several individual products. Sales 
prices of these products are mostly under $5,000 but range from under $100 to over $100,000. We manufacture our products at 
our locations in the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany, Sweden and Spain. 

In addition to our proprietary manufactured products, we sell many products that are made by other manufacturers. These 
distributed  products  accounted  for  approximately  35%  of  our  revenues  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014.  Distributed 
products enable us to provide our customers with a single source for their research needs, and consist of a large variety of devices, 
instruments and consumable items used in experiments involving fluid handling, molecular and cell biology, tissue, organ and 
animal  research.  Many  of our  proprietary manufactured products  are  leaders  in  their fields;  however,  researchers often need 
complementary products in order to conduct particular experiments. Following is a description of each product family. 

Fluidics Product Family 

Our Fluidics product family includes our traditional syringe pump and peristaltic pump product lines. The products are 
used  in  many  life  science  and  industrial  applications  that  require  accurately  controlled  fluid  dispensing,  including  infusion, 
perfusion, cellular microinjection, microfluidics, mass spectrometry calibration, electrospinning and microdialysis. The primary 
brands  are  Harvard  Apparatus,  Harvard  Pumps,  and  KD  Scientific.  We  also  offer  an  expanded  line  of  component  pumping 
modules and original equipment manufacturing (“OEM”) for specialized system development. 

Lab Products and Supplies Product Family 

Our Lab Equipment and Supplies product family includes a range of products for molecular biology labs with a liquid 
handling  focus.    It  consists  primarily  of  pipettes  and  pipette  tips,  gloves,  gel  electrophoresis  equipment  and  reagents, 
autoradiography films, thermal cycler accessories and reagents, sample preparation columns, tissue culture products, and general 
lab equipment and consumables. Our brands include Denville Scientific, AHN, and others. We sell these products through our 
global sales force and distribution channel. 

Molecular Analysis Product Family 

The  Molecular  Analysis  product  family  includes  spectrophotometers,  microplate  readers,  amino  acid  analyzers,  gel 
electrophoresis  equipment,  and  electroporation  instruments.  A  spectrophotometer  is  an  instrument  widely  used  in  molecular 
biology and cell biology to quantify the amount of DNA and protein in a sample. We sell a wide range of spectrophotometers 
under the names Libra, WPA and BioDrop. We sell them primarily through our distribution arrangements with GE Healthcare 
and  other  distributors.  Multi-well  plate  readers  are  widely  used  for  high  throughput  screening  assays  in  the  drug  discovery 
process. Our product line includes absorbance readers and luminescence readers. We sell them primarily through our global 
distribution channel. An amino acid analysis system uses chromatography to separate the amino acids in a sample and then uses 
a chemical reaction to detect each one as they flow out of the chromatography column. We sell these systems under the Biochrom 
brand through our U.S. direct sales force and global distribution channel. Gel electrophoresis is widely used in labs to separate 
and analyze DNA, RNA and proteins samples and their fragments, based on their size and charge. We sell our electrophoresis 
equipment  under  Hoefer  and  Scie-Plas  brands  through  our  global  distribution  channel.  Electroporation  is  a  technique  for 
transfection, a process to introduce nucleic acid into cells. Our electroporation and electrofusion products include systems and 
generators, electrodes and accessories for research applications including in vivo, in ovo and in vitro gene delivery, cell fusion 
and nuclear transfer cloning. We sell these products under the Harvard Apparatus BTX brand through our global distribution 
channel. 

Cell Physiology Product Family 

The Cell Physiology product family consists of our electrophysiology products, which includes new product lines from 

our acquisitions of TBSI and MCS in the fourth quarter 2014 and of HEKA in January 2015. 

Electrophysiology  is  the  study  of  the  electrical  properties  of  biological  cells  and  tissues.  It  involves  measurements  of 
voltage or electric current change on a wide variety of scales from single ion channel proteins on a cell membrane to tissue slices 
to  whole  organs.  Our  electrophysiology  products  include  equipment  for  patch  clamp  systems,  amplifiers,  data  acquisition 
systems, bilayer workstations, temperature controllers, infusion chambers and accessories for imaging and recording, and multi-
electrode arrays (“MEAs”). We sell these products under the Warner Instrument, MCS, and HEKA brands and through our global 
sales force and distribution channel. 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Animal Physiology Product Family 

The Animal Physiology product family includes a broad range of instruments and accessories for tissue, organ and animal 
based lab research, including surgical products, infusion systems, microdialysis instruments, behavior research systems, isolated 
organ  and  tissue  bath  systems,  bioreactors  for  regenerative  medicine  research,  and  in  vivo  electrophysiology  recording  and 
stimulation systems. 

Surgical  products  include  surgical  equipment  and  instruments,  anesthesia  systems,  ventilators,  vital  sign  monitoring 
systems, infusion systems and accessories. Microdialysis instruments and probes are used to collect tissue fluids for analysis. 
Infusion systems are generally used for the testing of drug candidates or toxins, and syringe pumps are used to accurately infuse 
very small quantities of liquid containing chemicals of research interest, and to collect samples from animal tissues. Behavioral 
research systems are used in neuroscience, cardiology, psychological and respiratory metabolic studies to evaluate the effects of 
situational stimuli, drugs and nutritional infusions on motor and sensory, activity and learning and test behavior. Isolated organ 
perfusion  systems  and  tissue baths  are used  to  study organ  and  tissue functions,  and  the  effect of  drug  candidates  and  other 
chemicals on experimental models. In vivo electrophysiology systems are used to stimulate and record signals from neuronal, 
cardiac,  and  other  cells.  Our  animal  physiology  product  offerings  are  marketed  through  our  Harvard  Apparatus,  CMA 
Microdialysis, Panlab, Coulbourn, Hugo-Sachs, InBreath Bioreactor, MCS and TBSI brands and entities. We sell these products 
through our global sales force, technical service team and our global distribution channel. 

Our Customers 

Our end-user customers are primarily research scientists at universities, hospitals, government laboratories, including the 
U.S. National Institute of Health (NIH), and pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. Our academic customers include 
major colleges and universities such as Harvard University, Cambridge University, Johns Hopkins University, Massachusetts 
Institute of Technology, Yale University, the University of California system, Baylor College of Medicine, and the University 
of Texas - MD Anderson Center. Our pharmaceutical and biotechnology customers have included pharmaceutical companies 
and  research  laboratories  such  as  Amgen,  Inc.,  AstraZeneca  plc,  Genentech,  Inc.  and  Johnson  &  Johnson.  We  have  tens  of 
thousands of customers worldwide and no customer accounted for more than 10% of our revenues in 2014. 

Sales and Marketing 

We conduct direct sales in the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany, France, Spain, Sweden, Canada and China. 
We sell primarily through distributors in other countries. For the year ended December 31, 2014, revenues from direct sales to 
end-users  represented  approximately  58%  of  our  revenues;  and  revenues  from  sales  of  our  products  through  distributors 
represented approximately 42% of our revenues. 

Direct Sales 

We have a global sales organization managing both direct sales and distributors. Our websites and catalogs serve as the 
primary sales tool for the Harvard Apparatus, Denville and other product lines, which includes both proprietary manufactured 
products and complementary products from various suppliers. Our reputation as a leading producer of many of our manufactured 
products creates traffic to our websites, enables cross-selling and facilitates the introduction of new products. 

Distributors 

We engage distributors for the sales of our own branded and private label products in certain areas of the world and for 

certain product lines. 

Research and Development 

Our principal research and development mission is to develop products that address growth opportunities within the life 
science research process, as well as to maintain and optimize our existing product portfolios. We maintain development staff in 
many of our manufacturing facilities to design and develop new products and to re-engineer existing products to bring them to 
the next generation. Our research and development expenses from continuing operations were approximately $4.9 million, $4.2 
million and $4.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In addition, we funded the research 
and development expenses of our RMD business which were approximately $3.1 million and $2.9 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  The RMD research and development expenses were classified as part of discontinued 
operations  for  all  periods  presented.  We  anticipate  that  we  will  continue  to  make  investments  in  research  and  development 
activities as we deem appropriate. We plan to continue to pursue a balanced development portfolio strategy of originating new 
products from internal research and acquiring products through business and technology acquisitions. 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
Manufacturing 

We manufacture and test the majority of our products in our principal manufacturing facilities located in the United States, 
the United Kingdom, Sweden, Spain and Germany. We have considerable manufacturing flexibility at our various facilities, and 
each facility can manufacture multiple products at the same time. We maintain in-house manufacturing expertise, technologies 
and resources. We seek to maintain multiple suppliers for key components that are not manufactured in-house, and while some 
of  our  products  are  dependent  on  sole-source  suppliers,  we  do  not  believe  our  dependence  upon  these  suppliers  creates  any 
significant risks. 

Our manufacturing operations primarily involve assembly and testing activities along with some machine based processes. 
We manufacture syringe pumps, ventilators, cell injectors, molecular sample preparation products and electroporation products 
in  Holliston,  Massachusetts.  The  manufacture  of  our  cell  electrophysiology  products  takes  place  in  both  our  Holliston, 
Massachusetts facility and our Hamden, Connecticut facility. We manufacture spectrophotometers, amino acid analysis systems, 
low-volume, high-throughput liquid dispensers and our plate readers in our Cambridge, England facility. We manufacture our 
complete organ testing systems and bioreactors in our March-Hugstetten, Germany and Holliston, Massachusetts facilities. Our 
electrophoresis products are manufactured in our Richmond, California facility. Behavioral research products are manufactured 
in our Barcelona, Spain and Whitehall, Pennsylvania facilities. Our microdialysis products are manufactured in our Holliston, 
Massachusetts and Kista, Sweden facilities. We manufacture our fluid handling products in our Nordhausen, Germany facility. 
With  recent  acquisitions,  we  gained  manufacturing  sites  for  electrophysiology  products  in  Reutlingen  and  Lambrecht/Pfalz 
Germany, Chester, Nova Scotia, Canada, Durham, North Carolina, and Bellmore, New York. 

During the fourth quarter of 2014, we initiated plans to relocate our Denville distribution business from New Jersey to 
North Carolina and consolidate our Cambridge, England manufacturing operations with our Holliston, Massachusetts facility. 
Going  forward  we  will  continue  to  evaluate  our  manufacturing  facilities  and  operations  in  order  to  maintain  an  optimal 
manufacturing footprint. 

Competition 

The markets into which we sell our products are highly competitive, and we expect the intensity of competition to continue 
or increase. We compete with many companies engaged in developing and selling tools for life science research. Many of our 
competitors have greater financial, operational, sales and marketing resources, and more experience in research and development 
and commercialization than we have. Moreover, our competitors may have greater name recognition than we do, and many offer 
discounts as a competitive tactic. These competitors and other companies may have developed or could in the future develop 
new technologies that compete with our products, which could render our products obsolete. We cannot assure you that we will 
be able to make the enhancements to our technologies necessary to compete successfully with newly emerging technologies. We 
believe  that  we  offer  one  of  the  broadest  selections  of  products  to  organizations  engaged  in  life  science  research.  We  have 
numerous competitors on a product line basis. We believe that we compete favorably with our competitors on the basis of product 
performance, including quality, reliability and speed, technical support, price and delivery time. 

We  compete  with  several  companies  that  provide  instruments  for  life  science  research  including,  Lonza  Group  Ltd., 
Becton  Dickinson,  Eppendorf  AG,  Kent  Scientific  Corporation,  Razel  Scientific  Instruments,  Inc.,  Ugo  Basile,  Danaher 
Corporation, Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc., PerkinElmer, Inc. and Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc. 

Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technological, research and development, marketing, and 
personnel resources than we do. We cannot forecast if or when these or other companies may develop competitive products. We 
expect that other products will compete with our products and potential products based on efficacy, safety, cost and intellectual 
property positions. While we believe that these will be the primary competitive factors, other factors include, in certain instances, 
availability of supply, manufacturing, marketing and sales expertise and capability. 

Seasonality 

Our business is generally not seasonal, however, sales and earnings in our third quarter are usually flat or down from the 
second quarter primarily because there are a large number of holidays and vacations during such quarter, especially in Europe. 
Our fourth quarter revenues and earnings are often the highest in any fiscal year compared to the other three quarters, primarily 
because many of our customers tend to spend budgeted money before their own fiscal year ends. 

5 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Intellectual Property 

To  establish  and  protect  our  proprietary  technologies  and  products,  we  rely  on  a  combination  of  patent,  copyright, 
trademark and trade-secret laws, as well as confidentiality provisions in our contracts. Patents or patent applications cover certain 
of our new technologies. Most of our more mature product lines are protected by trade names and trade secrets only. 

We have implemented a patent strategy designed to provide us with freedom to operate and facilitate commercialization 
of our current and future products. Our success depends, to a significant degree, upon our ability to develop proprietary products 
and technologies. We intend to continue to file patent applications as we develop new products and technologies. 

Patents  provide  some  degree  of  protection  for  our  intellectual  property.  However,  the  assertion  of  patent  protection 
involves complex legal and factual determinations and is therefore uncertain. The scope of any of our issued patents may not be 
sufficiently broad to offer meaningful protection. In addition, our issued patents or patents licensed to us may be successfully 
challenged, invalidated, circumvented or unenforceable so that our patent rights would not create an effective competitive barrier. 
Moreover, the laws of some foreign countries may protect our proprietary rights to a greater or lesser extent than the laws of the 
United States. In addition, the laws governing patentability and the scope of patent coverage continue to evolve, particularly in 
areas of interest to us. As a result, there can be no assurance that patents will be issued from any of our patent applications or 
from applications licensed to us. As a result of these factors, our intellectual property positions bear some degree of uncertainty. 

We also rely in part on trade-secret protection of our intellectual property. We attempt to protect our trade secrets by 
entering into confidentiality agreements with third parties, employees and consultants. Our employees and consultants also sign 
agreements requiring that they assign to us their interests in patents and copyrights arising from their work for us. Although many 
of our U.S. employees have signed agreements not to compete unfairly with us during their employment and after termination of 
their employment, through the misuse of confidential information, soliciting employees, soliciting customers and the like, the 
enforceability of these provisions varies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and, in some circumstances, they may not be enforceable. 
In addition, it is possible that these agreements may be breached or invalidated and if so, there may not be an adequate corrective 
remedy available. Despite the measures we have taken to protect our intellectual property, we cannot assure you that third parties 
will not independently discover or invent competing technologies, or reverse engineer our trade secrets or other technologies. 
Therefore, the measures we are taking to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate. 

We do not believe that our products infringe on the intellectual property rights of any third party. We cannot assure you, 
however, that third parties will not claim such infringement by us or our licensors with respect to current or future products. We 
expect  that  product  developers  in  our  market  will  increasingly  be  subject  to  such  claims  as  the  number  of  products  and 
competitors in our market segment grows and the product functionality in different market segments overlaps. In addition, patents 
on production and business methods are becoming more common and we expect that more patents will be issued in our technical 
field. Any such claims, with or without merit, could be time-consuming, result in costly litigation and diversion of management’s 
attention and resources, cause product shipment delays or require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements. Moreover, 
such royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may not be on terms advantageous to us, or acceptable at all, which could 
seriously harm our business or financial condition. 

“Harvard” is a registered trademark of Harvard University. The marks “Harvard Apparatus” and “Harvard Bioscience” 

are being used pursuant to a license agreement entered into in December 2002 between us and Harvard University. 

Government Regulation 

We are not subject to direct governmental regulation other than the laws and regulations generally applicable to businesses 
in the domestic and foreign jurisdictions in which we operate. In particular, our current products are not subject to pre-market 
approval by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) for use on human clinical patients. In addition, we believe we are 
currently in compliance with all relevant environmental laws. 

Employees 

As of December 31, 2014, we employed 447 employees, of which 417 are full-time and 30 are part-time. As of December 
31,  2013,  we  employed  368  employees,  of  which  345  were  full-time  and  23  were  part-time.  The  increase  in  the  number  of 
employees was primarily due to the acquisitions of MCS and TBSI during 2014. 

6 

 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Geographical residence information for these employees is summarized in the table below: 

As of December 31, 2014

United States .................................................................................................................................................     
United Kingdom ...........................................................................................................................................     
Germany .......................................................................................................................................................     
Spain .............................................................................................................................................................     
Sweden ..........................................................................................................................................................     
Canada ..........................................................................................................................................................     
France ...........................................................................................................................................................     
China .............................................................................................................................................................     
Total ..............................................................................................................................................................     

222 
70 
107 
28 
7 
7 
2 
4 
447 

Following the acquisition of HEKA, we employed an additional 26 employees between Germany, Canada and the United 

States. 

We  believe  that  our  relationship  with  our  employees  is  good.  None  of  our  employees  are  subject  to  any  collective 

bargaining agreement. 

Discontinued Operations 

In September 2008, we completed the sale of assets of our Union Biometrica Division (“UBI”) including our German 
subsidiary, Union Biometrica GmbH, representing the remaining portion of our Capital Equipment Business Segment, to UBIO 
Acquisition Company. The purchase price paid by UBIO Acquisition Company under the terms of the asset purchase agreement 
consisted of $1 in cash, the assumption of certain liabilities, plus additional consideration in the form of an earn-out based on the 
revenues generated by the acquired business as it was conducted by UBIO Acquisition Company over a five-year post-transaction 
period in an amount equal to (i) 5% of the revenues generated up to and including $6.0 million each year and (ii) 8% of the 
revenues generated above $6.0 million each year. Any earn-out amounts were evidenced by interest-bearing promissory notes 
due on September 30, 2013, or at an earlier date based on certain triggering events. During 2013, UBIO Acquisition Company 
made payments, including interest, of $1.8 million. UBIO Acquisition Company’s final payment under the earn-out obligation 
was received in October 2013. 

On November 1, 2013, the previously announced spin-off of HART from our Company was completed. Through the spin-
off date the historical operations of HART were reported as continuing operations in our consolidated statements of operations. 
Following the spin-off, and reported herein, the historical operations of HART were broken out and reported as discontinued 
operations for all periods presented. HART became an independent company that operates the regenerative medicine business 
previously owned by us. The spin-off was completed through the distribution to Harvard Bioscience’s stockholders of record all 
the shares of common stock of HART (the “Distribution”).  In the Distribution, we distributed to our stockholders one share of 
HART common stock for every four shares of Harvard Bioscience common stock outstanding as of the close of business on 
October  21,  2013,  the  record  date  for  the  Distribution.  Fractional  shares  of  HART  common  stock  were  not  included  in  the 
distribution. Instead, Registrar & Transfer Company aggregated fractional shares into whole shares, sold the whole shares in the 
open market and distributed the aggregate net cash proceeds of the sales pro rata to each holder who otherwise would have been 
entitled to receive a fractional share in the Distribution. 

Effective with the spin-off, we contributed $15.0 million in cash to HART to fund its operations. In addition, we transferred 

approximately $0.9 million in net assets to HART as part of the spin-off. 

In connection with the spin-off of HART, certain required adjustments were made to our outstanding equity compensation 
awards  under  our  employee  benefit  plans.      Each  outstanding  option  to  purchase  Harvard  Bioscience  common  stock  was 
converted  on  the  date  of  the  Distribution  into  both  an  adjusted  Harvard  Bioscience  option  to  purchase  Harvard  Bioscience 
common stock and an option to purchase HART common stock.  Black-Scholes valuation modeling was used to determine the 
value that each Harvard Bioscience option had lost at the time of the Distribution and to ensure the holder maintained such lost 
value,  80%  of  such  lost  value  was  provided  back  to  the  holder  by  making  appropriate  adjustments  to  the  share  amount  and 
exercise price of the existing Harvard Bioscience option and 20% of such lost value was provided back to the holder through the 
issuance of an option to purchase HART common stock. Similar to the adjustment of the existing Harvard Bioscience options, 
with respect to each unvested Harvard Bioscience restricted stock unit outstanding at the time of the Distribution, such Harvard 
Bioscience restricted stock unit was converted on the date of the Distribution into both an adjusted Harvard Bioscience restricted  

7 

 
 
   
    
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
stock unit and a HART restricted stock unit.  The market prices of Harvard Bioscience and HART common stock were used to 
determine the value that each Harvard Bioscience restricted stock unit lost at the time of the Distribution and then to ensure the 
holder maintained such lost value, 80% of such lost value was provided back to the holder by making an appropriate increase of 
the share amount of the existing Harvard Bioscience restricted stock unit and 20% of such lost value was provided back to the 
holder through the issuance of a HART restricted stock unit. The share amounts and exercise prices of the adjusted Harvard 
Bioscience options and HART options, as well as the share amounts of the adjusted Harvard Bioscience restricted stock units 
and HART restricted stock units, were each adjusted and set in a manner to ensure the intrinsic value held by the holder pertaining 
to the existing Harvard Bioscience award was maintained immediately following the Distribution and was determined such that 
tax was not triggered under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. As part of these required adjustments, we issued an 
approximately  1.7  million  options  and  approximately  0.1  million  restricted  stock  units  to  holders  of  our  outstanding  equity 
compensation awards. 

In connection with the spin-off, on October 31, 2013, the Company entered into various commercial agreements with 
HART which contain many of the key provisions related to the Distribution. These agreements include: (i) a Separation and 
Distribution  Agreement;  (ii)  an  Intellectual  Property  Matters  Agreement;  (iii)  a  Product  Distribution  Agreement;  (iv)  a  Tax 
Sharing Agreement; (v) a Transition Services Agreement; and (vi) a Sublease. 

We intend for the HART contribution and Distribution, taken together, to qualify as a reorganization pursuant to which 
no gain or loss is recognized by us or our stockholders for federal income tax purposes under Sections 355, 368(a)(1)(D) and 
related provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. On June 28, 2013, we received a Supplemental Ruling to the Private Letter 
Ruling dated March 22, 2013 from the IRS to the effect that, among other things, the spin-off will qualify as a transaction that is 
tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Section 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Internal Revenue Code continuing in 
effect.  We  also  have  received  an  opinion  from  our  outside  tax  advisor  to  such  effect.  In  connection  with  the  ruling  and  the 
opinion, we made certain representations regarding ourselves and our business.  We have agreed that we will not take or fail to 
take any action which prevents or could reasonably be expected to prevent the tax-free status of the spin-off. HART has agreed 
to certain restrictions that are intended to preserve the tax-free status of the contribution and the Distribution. HART may take 
certain actions otherwise prohibited by these covenants if we receive a private letter ruling from the IRS or if HART obtains, and 
provides to us, an opinion from a U.S. tax counsel or accountant of recognized national standing, in either case, acceptable to us 
in our sole and absolute discretion to the effect that such action would not jeopardize the tax-free status of the contribution and 
the Distribution. These covenants include restrictions on HART’s: 

•  issuance  or  sale  of  stock  or  other  securities  (including  securities  convertible  into  HART’s  stock  but  excluding  certain 
compensatory arrangements); 

• sales of assets outside the ordinary course of business; and 

• entering into any other corporate transaction which would cause HART to undergo a 50% or greater change in HART’s 
stock ownership. 

In addition, current U.S. federal income tax law creates a presumption that our spin-off of HART would be taxable to us, 
but not our stockholders, if such spin-off is part of a “plan or series of related transactions” pursuant to which one or more persons 
acquire directly or indirectly stock representing a 50% or greater interest (by vote or value) in us or HART. Acquisitions that 
occur during the four-year period that begins two years before the date of the spin-off are presumed to occur pursuant to a plan 
or series of related transactions, unless it is established that the acquisition is not pursuant to a plan or series of transactions that 
includes the spin-off. U.S. Treasury regulations currently in effect generally provide that whether an acquisition and a spin-off 
are part of a plan is determined based on all of the facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, specific factors described 
in the U.S. Treasury regulations. In addition, the U.S. Treasury regulations provide several “safe harbors” for acquisitions that 
are not considered to be part of a plan. These rules will limit our ability during the two-year period following the spin-off to enter 
into certain transactions that may be advantageous to us and our stockholders, particularly issuing equity securities to satisfy 
financing needs, repurchasing equity securities, disposing of certain assets, engaging in mergers and acquisitions, and, under 
certain circumstances, acquiring businesses or assets with equity securities or agreeing to be acquired. 

Geographic Area 

Financial information regarding geographic areas in which we operate is provided in Note 21 of the “Notes to Consolidated 

Financial Statements,” which are included elsewhere in this report. 

8 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Executive Officers of the Registrant 

The following table shows information about our executive officers as of December 31, 2014. 

Name 
Jeffrey Duchemin ............................... 
Robert Gagnon ................................... 
Yong Sun ............................................ 
Yoav Sibony ....................................... 

Age 
49 
40 
51 
43 

Position

Chief Executive Officer, President and Director 
Chief Financial Officer 
Vice President, Strategic Marketing and Business Development 
Vice President, Global Sales 

Jeffrey A. Duchemin was appointed Chief Executive Officer on August 26, 2013.  He assumed the additional roles of 
President on November 1, 2013 and Director on October 29, 2013. Prior to joining Harvard Bioscience, Mr. Duchemin spent 16 
years  with  Becton  Dickinson  (“BD”)  in  progressive  sales,  marketing  and  executive  leadership  positions  across  BD’s  three 
business  segments;  BD  Medical  Systems,  BD  Diagnostic  Systems,  and  BD  Biosciences.  In  October  2012,  BD  Biosciences 
Discovery Labware was acquired by Corning Life Sciences. Mr. Duchemin was a Global Business Director for Corning Life 
Sciences until his recent departure to Harvard Bioscience. Mr. Duchemin is a transformational leader with demonstrated business 
results. The depth of his experience spans across a broad range of life science research and medical device products resulting in 
growth on a global basis. Mr. Duchemin earned an M.B.A. from Southern New Hampshire University and a B.S. in accounting 
from the University of Massachusetts Dartmouth. 

Robert E. Gagnon was appointed Chief Financial Officer on November 1, 2013.  Prior to joining the company he was 
recently Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer at Clean Harbors, Inc. (NYSE:CLH), a leading provider 
of environmental, energy and industrial services throughout North America. Prior to this, he served in progressive executive 
positions at Biogen Idec, Inc., a Fortune 500 company developing treatments in the areas of immunology and neurology. Earlier, 
he  worked  in  a  variety  of  senior  positions  at  Deloitte  &  Touche,  LLP,  and  PricewaterhouseCoopers,  LLP.  Mr.  Gagnon  is  a 
certified public accountant who holds an M.B.A. from the MIT Sloan School of Management and a B.A. in accounting from 
Bentley College. 

Yong Sun was appointed Vice President Strategic Marketing and Business Development on October 28, 2013.  He assumed 
the additional role of Vice President R&D on March 10, 2014. Prior to joining Harvard Bioscience, he served as Vice President 
of Global Marketing and Americas Sales at Beaver-Visitec International, a company combining former ophthalmic business units 
from BD and Medtronic; in this role he led global marketing to develop and implement strategic marketing plans in target surgical 
markets. Prior to this, he served in progressive positions at BD, including Director of Global Marketing & U.S. Sales. Earlier, he 
served as Marketing Manager, Global Life Sciences Market & Greater China Region at Eli Lilly & Company’s eLilly Unit (now 
InnoCentive, Inc.). Mr. Sun, holds an M.B.A. from the MIT Sloan School of Management, a M.S. in environmental science & 
engineering from Northeastern University and a B.S. in biochemistry from Peking University. 

Yoav Sibony was appointed Vice President of Global Sales on October 21, 2013. Prior to joining Harvard Bioscience, Mr. 
Sibony served as Global Sales Effectiveness Manager at Corning Life Sciences, a division of Corning Inc. In this role, he oversaw 
global business operations and strategy development for this approximately $800 million division. Prior to this, from 2002 to 
2012,  he  served  in  progressive  positions  at  BD;  as  Regional  Business  Manager  at  BD  Biosciences  Discovery  Labware,  he 
oversaw 12 sales territories with combined value of $45 million. Mr. Sibony holds an M.B.A. from Pacific Lutheran University 
and earned a bachelor of business administration degree from Baruch College-City University of New York. 

Available Information and Website 

Our website address is www.harvardbioscience.com. Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-
Q,  Current  Reports  on  Form  8-K,  and  exhibits  and  amendments  to  those  reports  filed  or  furnished  with  the  Securities  and 
Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act are available for review on our website and the Securities 
and Exchange Commission’s website at www.sec.gov. Any such materials that we file with, or furnish to, the SEC in the future 
will be available on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the 
SEC. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

9 

 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Item 1A. 

Risk Factors. 

The following factors should be reviewed carefully, in conjunction with the other information contained in this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K. As previously discussed, our actual results could differ materially from our forward-looking statements. 
Our  business  faces  a  variety  of  risks.  These  risks  include  those  described  below  and  may  include  additional  risks  and 
uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial. If any of the events or circumstances described in 
the following risk factors occur our business operations, performance and financial condition could be adversely affected and 
the trading price of our common stock could decline. 

Sustained uncertainty concerning government spending and adverse changes in general economic conditions may continue 
to adversely affect our business. 

Many  of  our  customers  representing  a  significant  portion  of  our  revenues  are  universities,  government  research 
laboratories, private foundations and other institutions who are dependent for their funding upon grants from U.S. government 
agencies, such as the U.S. National Institutes of Health (“NIH”), and agencies in other countries. Research and development 
spending of our customers can fluctuate based on spending priorities and general economic conditions.  The level of government 
funding of research and development is unpredictable. There have been instances where NIH grants have been frozen or otherwise 
unavailable for extended periods.  Any potential delay or decrease in the level of governmental spending allocated to scientific 
and medical research could substantially reduce or even eliminate these grants causing our customers to delay or forego purchases 
of  our  products.  If  government  funding  necessary  to  purchase  our  products  were  to  decrease,  our  business  and  results  of 
operations could be materially adversely affected. Spending by some of these customers fluctuates based on budget allocations 
and the timely passage of the annual federal budget. An impasse in federal government budget decisions could lead to substantial 
delays or reductions in federal spending. 

As our business has grown, we have become increasingly subject to the risks arising from adverse changes in domestic 
and  global  economic  conditions.  Continued  concerns  about  credit  markets,  consumer  confidence,  economic  conditions, 
government spending to sponsor life science research, volatile corporate profits and reduced capital spending could continue to 
negatively impact demand for our products. If economic growth in the U.S. and other countries continues to be slow and does 
not improve, customers may delay purchases of our products. The tightening of credit in financial markets may adversely affect 
the ability of our customers and suppliers to obtain financing, which could result in a decrease in, or deferrals or cancellations 
of, the sale of our products. If global economic and market conditions, or economic conditions in the United States, deteriorate, 
we  may  experience  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  operating  results  and  financial  condition.  Unstable  economic, 
political and social conditions make it difficult for our customers, our suppliers and us to accurately forecast and plan future 
business activities. If such conditions exist, our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer. We cannot 
project the extent of the impact of the economic environment on our industry or us. 

A portion of our revenues are derived from customers from the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries and are subject 
to risks faced by those industries. Such risks may adversely affect our financial results. 

We derive a portion of our revenues from pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. We expect that pharmaceutical 
and biotechnology companies will continue to be a significant source of our revenues for the foreseeable future. As a result, we 
are subject to risks and uncertainties that affect the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, such as government regulation, 
ongoing consolidation, uncertainty of technological change, and reductions and delays in research and development expenditures 
by companies in these industries. 

In particular, the biotechnology industry is largely dependent on raising capital to fund its operations. If biotechnology 
companies that are our customers are unable to obtain the financing necessary to purchase our products, our business and results 
of operations could be materially adversely affected. In addition, we are dependent, both directly and indirectly, upon general 
health care spending patterns, particularly in the research and development budgets of the pharmaceutical and biotechnology 
industries, as well as upon the financial condition and purchasing patterns of various governments and government agencies. As 
it relates to both the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, many companies have significant patents that have expired or 
are about to expire, which could result in reduced revenues for those companies. If pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies 
that are our customers suffer reduced revenues as a result of these patent expirations, they may be unable to purchase our products, 
and our business and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. 

In addition, the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have experienced a significant amount of consolidation. As 
a result of this consolidation, competition to provide life science research tools has increased which could result in additional 
pressure on the prices of our products. 

10 

  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our business is subject to economic, political and other risks associated with international revenues and operations. 

We manufacture and sell our products worldwide and as a result, our business is subject to risks associated with doing 
business internationally. Our revenues from our non-U.S. operations represented approximately 41% of total revenues for 2014. 
We anticipate that revenue from international operations will continue to represent a substantial portion of our revenues in the 
foreseeable future and is likely to increase as a result of our efforts to expand our business in markets abroad. In addition, a 
number of our manufacturing facilities and suppliers are located outside the United States. Accordingly, our future results could 
be harmed by a variety of factors, including: 

(cid:2)  the impact of recessions and other economic conditions in economies outside the United States, 

(cid:2)  inability to effectively expand our business and operations in international markets, 

(cid:2)  disruptions of capital and trading markets, 

(cid:2)  inability to collect accounts receivable, 

(cid:2)  limitations  on  repatriations  of  funds,  as  well  as  our  inability  to  utilize  overseas  cash  balances  to  fund  U.S.  based

operations, obligations and strategic acquisitions in a cost-effective manner, or at all, 

(cid:2)  potentially negative consequences from changes in tax laws affecting the ability to or cost of repatriating profits, 

(cid:2)  difficulty  in  staffing  and  managing  widespread  operations,  unfavorable  labor  regulations  applicable  to  European

operations, such as severance and the unenforceability of non-competition agreements in the European Union, 

(cid:2)  other factors beyond our control, including terrorism, political unrest, acts of war, natural disasters and diseases, 

(cid:2)  unexpected changes and increased enforcement of regulatory requirements and various state, federal and international,
environmental,  antitrust,  anti-corruption,  fraud  and  abuse  (including  anti-kickback  and  false  claims  laws)  and
employment laws, and 

(cid:2)  interruption to transportation flows for delivery of parts to us and finished goods to our customers. 

Specifically with respect to the expansion of our business into China, our financial performance may be subject to the 

following risks, among others affecting companies that operate in China: 

(cid:2)  Regulation of foreign investment and business activities by the Chinese government, including recent scrutiny of foreign

companies,  may limit our ability to expand our business in China, 

(cid:2)  Uncertainties with respect to the legal system in China, may limit the legal protections available to us in China, 

(cid:2)  We may be subject to government restrictions on the remittance of currency out of China and the ability of any subsidiary 

we may establish in China to pay dividends and make other distributions to us, 

(cid:2)  We may be subject to unfavorable tax consequences as a result of our operations in China. 

Currency exchange rate fluctuations may have a negative impact on our reported earnings. 

We are also subject to the risks of fluctuating foreign exchange rates, which could have a materially adverse effect on the 
sales price of our products in foreign markets, as well as the costs and expenses of our foreign subsidiaries. Approximately 38% 
of our business during 2014 was conducted in functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar, which is our reporting currency. 
As a result, currency fluctuations among the U.S. dollar, euro and the other currencies in which we do business have caused and 
will continue to cause foreign currency translation and transaction gains and losses. We have not used forward exchange contracts 
to  hedge  our  foreign  currency  exposures.  We  attempt  to  manage  foreign  currency  risk  through  the  matching  of  assets  and 
liabilities. In the future, we may undertake to manage foreign currency risk through hedging methods, including foreign currency 
contracts. We recognize foreign currency gains or losses arising from our operations in the period incurred. We cannot guarantee 
that we will be successful in managing foreign currency risk or in predicting the effects of exchange rate fluctuations upon our 
future  operating results because  of  the  number  of  currencies  involved, the variability  of  currency  exposure  and  the  potential 
volatility of currency exchange rates.  We cannot predict with any certainty changes in foreign currency exchange rates or the 
degree to which we can address these risks. 

11 

 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
    
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
Our  revenues will  likely  be affected by  various  factors,  including  the timing  of  purchases  by  customers  and  the seasonal 
nature of purchasing in Europe. 

Our  revenues  will  likely  be  affected  by  various  factors,  including  the  seasonal  nature  of  purchasing  in  Europe.  Our 
revenues may vary from quarter to quarter due to a number of factors, including new product introductions, the release of grant 
and budget funding, future acquisitions and our substantial sales to European customers, who in summer months often defer 
purchases. In particular, delays or reduction in purchase orders from the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries could have 
a material adverse effect on us and could adversely affect our stock price. 

We plan to expand our business in the near future into foreign countries and international markets.  If our products are not 
accepted in these new markets our financial performance may suffer. 

We  are  undertaking  an  initiative  to  aggressively  expand  our  sales  and  marketing  efforts  in  foreign  countries  and 
international  markets.    The  cost  and  diversion  of  resources  to  these  efforts  may  not  result  in  an  increase  in  revenues  in  our 
business.  Expansion of our business into new markets may be more costly and require the devotion of more of our management’s 
time than we anticipate, which may hurt our business performance in other markets.  Our operating results may suffer to the 
extent that our efforts to expand our products sales in these new markets are delayed or prove to be unsuccessful. 

If we are not able to manage our growth, our operating profits or losses may be adversely impacted. 

Our  success  will  depend  on  the  expansion  of  our  operations  through  both  organic  growth  and  acquisitions.  Effective 
growth management will place increased demands on our management team, operational and financial resources and expertise. 
To manage growth, we must expand our facilities, augment our operational, financial and management systems, and hire and 
train additional qualified personnel. Failure to manage this growth effectively could impair our ability to generate revenue or 
could cause our expenses to increase more rapidly than revenue, resulting in operating losses or reduced profitability. 

We may be unsuccessful in developing new products for existing markets. 

Our  strategy  includes  developing  new  products  to  drive  organic  growth  in  our  businesses.  We  may  be  unsuccessful 
developing new products that are received in existing markets. The products we develop may have less market demand than we 
anticipate or the demand may be at substantially lower prices than we anticipate. Our competitors may develop new products or 
technologies that diminish demand for our new products. Our customers may receive decreased funding levels, which may cause 
their demand for our products to decrease. Our efforts to develop new intellectual property and new products may be costly. 
Failure in our new product development program could have a material impact on our results of operation and our financial 
condition. 

Our competitors and potential competitors may develop products and technologies that are more effective or commercially 
attractive than our products. 

We expect to encounter increased competition from both established and development-stage companies that continually 

enter the market. We anticipate that these competitors will include: 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

companies developing and marketing life science instruments, systems and lab consumables, 

health care companies that manufacture laboratory-based tests and analyzers, 

diagnostic and pharmaceutical companies, 

analytical instrument companies, and 

companies developing life science or drug discovery technologies. 

Currently, our principal competition comes from established companies that provide products that perform many of the 
same functions for which we market our products. Our competitors may develop or market products that are more effective or 
commercially  attractive  than  our  current  or  future  products.  Many  of  our  competitors  have  substantially  greater  financial, 
operational, marketing and technical resources than we do. Moreover, these competitors may offer broader product lines and 
tactical discounts, and may have greater name recognition. In addition, we may face competition from new entrants into the field. 
We  may  not  have  the  financial  resources,  technical  expertise  or  marketing,  distribution  or  support  capabilities  to  compete 
successfully in the future. 

12 

  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
 
Our products compete in markets that are subject to technological change, and therefore one or more of our products could 
be made obsolete by new technologies. 

Because the market for life science tools is characterized by technological change and frequent new product introductions, 
our product lines may be made obsolete unless we are able to continually improve existing products and develop new products. 
To  meet  the  evolving  needs  of  customers,  we  must  continually  enhance  our  current  and  planned  products  and  develop  and 
introduce  new  products.  However,  we  may  experience  difficulties  that  may  delay  or  prevent  the  successful  development, 
introduction  and  marketing  of  new  products  or  product  enhancements.  In  addition,  our  product  lines  are  based  on  complex 
technologies that are subject to change as new technologies are developed and introduced in the marketplace. We may have 
difficulty in keeping abreast of the changes affecting each of the different markets we serve or intend to serve. Our failure to 
develop and introduce products in a timely manner in response to changing technology, market demands or the requirements of 
our customers could cause our product sales to decline, and we could experience significant losses. 

We offer and plan to offer a broad product line and have incurred and expect to continue to incur substantial expenses for 
development of new products and enhanced versions of our existing products. The speed of technological change in our market 
may prevent us from being able to successfully market some or all of our products for the length of time required to recover 
development  costs.  Failure  to  recover  the  development  costs  of  one  or  more  products  or  product  lines  could  decrease  our 
profitability or cause us to experience significant losses. 

Attractive acquisition opportunities may not be available to us in the future. 

We  will  consider  the  acquisition  of  other  businesses.  However,  we  may  not  have  the  opportunity  to  make  suitable 
acquisitions on favorable terms in the future, which could negatively impact the growth of our business. In order to pursue such 
opportunities, we may require significant additional financing, which may not be available to us on favorable terms, if at all. We 
expect that our competitors, many of which have significantly greater resources than we do, will compete with us to acquire 
compatible businesses. This competition could increase prices for acquisitions that we would likely pursue. In addition, to the 
extent we acquire any businesses or engage in certain other corporate transactions during the two year period following the spin-
off of HART, we intend to structure such transactions in a manner that complies with certain safe harbors provided by the U.S. 
Treasury  regulations,  as  discussed  above.  Such  structuring  requirements  may  discourage  us  from  entering  into  certain 
transactions which we would otherwise pursue. 

With respect to acquisitions we have completed or may seek to consummate in the future, we have and will incur a variety of 
costs, and may never realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisitions due in part to difficulties integrating the businesses, 
operations and product lines. 

Our  business  strategy  includes  the  acquisition  of  businesses,  technologies,  services  or  products  that  we  believe  are  a 
strategic fit with our business. In October 2014, we completed the acquisition of two privately held life science companies: Multi 
Channel Systems MCS GmbH, a German company with limited liability headquartered in Reutlingen, Germany (“MCS”) and 
Triangle BioSystems, Inc., a Delaware corporation based in Durham, North Carolina (“TBSI”). In January 2015, we completed 
the acquisition of all of the operations of HEKA Electronik, a privately held biomedical instrumentation and software business 
with headquarters in Germany (“HEKA”).  With respect to these recent acquisitions or if we undertake any future acquisition, 
the process of integrating the acquired business, technology, service or product may result in unforeseen operating difficulties 
and expenditures and may absorb significant management attention that would otherwise be available for ongoing development 
of our business. Moreover, we may fail to realize the anticipated benefits of any acquisition as rapidly as expected or at all.  Any 
such recent or future acquisitions could reduce stockholders’ ownership, cause us to incur debt, expose us to future liabilities and 
result  in  amortization  expenses  related  to  intangible  assets  with  definite  lives,  which  may  adversely  impact  our  ability  to 
undertake future acquisitions on substantially similar terms. We may also incur significant expenditures in anticipation of an 
acquisition that is never realized. 

Our  ability  to  achieve  the  benefits  of  acquisitions  depends  in  part  on  the  integration  and  leveraging  of  technology, 
operations, sales and marketing channels and personnel. The integration process is a complex, time-consuming and expensive 
process and may disrupt our business if not completed in a timely and efficient manner. 

We may have difficulty successfully integrating acquired businesses, and their domestic and foreign operations or product 
lines, and as a result, we may not realize any of the anticipated benefits of the acquisitions we make. We cannot assure that our 
growth rate will equal the growth rates that have been experienced by us and these and other acquired companies, respectively, 
operating as separate companies in the past. 

13 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
Customer, vendor and employee uncertainty about the effects of any of our acquisitions could harm us. 

We and the customers of any company we acquire, including MCS, TBSI and HEKA and others in the future, may, in 
response  to  the  consummation  of  the  acquisition,  delay  or  defer  purchasing  decisions.  Any  delay  or  deferral  in  purchasing 
decisions  by  customers  could  adversely  affect  our  business.  Similarly,  employees  of  acquired  companies  may  experience 
uncertainty about their future role until or after we execute our post-acquisition strategies. This may adversely affect our ability 
to attract and retain key management, sales, marketing and technical personnel following an acquisition. 

We  may  be  the  subject  of  lawsuits  from  either  an  acquiring  company’s  stockholders,  an  acquired  company’s  previous 
stockholders, a divested company’s stockholders or our current stockholders. 

We may be the subject of lawsuits from either an acquiring company’s stockholders, an acquired company’s previous 
stockholders, a divested company’s stockholders or our current stockholders. Such lawsuits could result from the actions of the 
acquisition or divestiture target prior to the date of the acquisition or divestiture, from the acquisition or divestiture transaction 
itself  or  from  actions  after  the  acquisition  or  divestiture.  Defending  potential  lawsuits  could  cost  us  significant  expense  and 
detract management’s attention from the operation of the business. Additionally, these lawsuits could result in the cancellation 
of or the inability to renew certain insurance coverage that would be necessary to protect our assets. 

We will incur additional restructuring costs or not realize the expected benefits of our initiatives to reduce operating expenses 
to date and in the future. 

In 2014, we initiated plans to relocate the distribution and finance operations of Denville Scientific from South Plainfield, 
NJ  to  a  new  leased  facility  in  Charlotte,  NC  and  our  headquarters  in  Holliston,  MA,  respectively,  and  to  relocate  the 
manufacturing  and  marketing  operations  of  Biochrom  from  Cambridge,  United  Kingdom  to  our  headquarters  in  Holliston, 
MA.    In  addition  to  these  actions,  we  may  seek  to  further  eliminate  certain  inefficiencies  in  our  corporate  structure  in  the 
future.  We may not be able to implement all of the actions that we intend to take in the restructuring of our operations and we 
may not be able to fully realize the expected benefits from such realignment and restructuring plans or other similar restructurings 
in the future.  In addition, we may incur additional restructuring costs in implementing such realignment and restructuring plans 
or other similar future plans in excess of our expectations, and due to such restructuring efforts we may experience disruptions 
to our ongoing business operations, including manufacturing, distribution, sales and information technology systems, that could 
adversely impact the ongoing business and our results of operations. The implementation of our restructuring efforts, including 
the  reduction  of  our  workforce,  may  not  improve  our  operational  and  cost  structure  or  result  in  greater  efficiency  of  our 
organization; and we may not be able to support sustainable revenue growth and profitability following such restructurings. 

Failure  or  inadequacy  of  our  information  technology  infrastructure  or  software  could  adversely  affect  our  day-to-day 
operations and decision making processes and have an adverse effect on our performance. 

We depend on accurate and timely information and numerical data from key software applications to aid our day-to-day 
business, financial reporting and decision-making and, in many cases, proprietary and custom-designed software is necessary to 
operate our business. We are upgrading our disaster recovery procedures for our critical systems. However, any disruption caused 
by the failure of these systems, the underlying equipment, or communication networks, including as a result of our restructuring 
efforts, could delay or otherwise adversely impact our day-to-day business and decision making, could make it impossible for us 
to operate critical equipment, and could have a materially adverse effect on our performance, if our disaster recovery plans do 
not mitigate the disruption. Disruptions could be caused by a variety of factors, such as catastrophic events or weather, power 
outages, or cyber-attacks on our systems by outside parties. 

Any failure by us to protect confidential information of our customers against security breaches, including cyber-security 
breaches, could damage our reputation and substantially harm our business and results of operations. 

Third parties may have the technology or expertise to breach the security of our customer transaction data and our security 
measures may not prevent physical security or cyber-security breaches, which could result in substantial harm to our business, 
our  reputation  and  our  results  of  operations.  We  rely  on  encryption  and/or  authentication  technology  licensed  and,  at  times, 
administered  by  third  parties  to  effect  secure  transmission  of  confidential  information,  including  credit  card  numbers.  Our 
outsource agreements with third-party service providers generally require that providers have adequate security systems in place 
to  protect  all  of  our  customer  transaction  data.  However,  advances  in  computer  capabilities,  new  discoveries  in  the  field  of 
cryptography or other cyber-security developments could render our security systems and technology or those employed by our 
third-party service providers vulnerable to a breach. In addition, anyone who is able to circumvent our security measures could 
misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruptions in our operations. Cyber-security risks such as malicious software 
and attempts to gain unauthorized access to data are rapidly evolving and could lead to disruptions in our reservation system or  

14 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
other data systems, unauthorized release of confidential or otherwise protected information or corruption of data. Any successful 
efforts by individuals to infiltrate, break into, disrupt, damage or otherwise steal from the Company’s, its licensees’ or its third-
party service providers’ security or information systems could damage our reputation and brand and expose us to a risk of loss 
or litigation and possible liability that could substantially harm our business and results of operations. 

We may experience difficulties fully implementing our enterprise resource planning systems. 

We have been engaged in a project to upgrade our enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) systems. Our ERP systems are 
critical  to  our  ability  to  accurately  maintain  books  and  records,  record  transactions,  provide  important  information  to  our 
management and prepare our financial statements. The implementation of the new ERP systems has required, and will continue 
to require, the investment of significant financial and human resources. In addition, we may not be able to successfully complete 
the  full  implementation  of  the  ERP  systems  without  experiencing  difficulties.  Any  disruptions,  delays  or  deficiencies  in  the 
design and implementation of the new ERP systems could adversely affect our ability to process orders, ship products, provide 
services and customer support, send invoices and track payments, fulfill contractual obligations or otherwise operate our business. 

The failure of any banking institution in which we deposit our funds or the failure of such banking institution to provide 
services could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or access to borrowings. 

We deposit our cash and cash equivalents with a number of financial institutions around the world. Should any of these 
financial institutions fail or otherwise be unable to timely perform requested services, we would likely have a limited ability to 
quickly access our cash deposited with such institutions. If we are unable to quickly access such funds, we may need to increase 
our use of our existing credit lines or access more expensive credit, if available. If we are unable to access some or all of our cash 
on deposit, either temporarily or permanently, or if we access existing or additional credit or are unable to access additional 
credit, it could have a negative impact on our operations, including our reported net income, our financial position, or both. 

We have substantial debt and other financial obligations and we may incur even more debt. 

We have substantial debt and other financial obligations and significant unused borrowing capacity. On March 29, 2013, 
we entered into a Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement with Bank of America, as agent, and Bank of 
America and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co as lenders, as amended on October 31, 2013 (the “Credit Agreement”).  As of 
December 31, 2014, we had borrowings of $21.5 million under the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement includes covenants 
relating to income, debt coverage and cash flow and minimum working capital requirements. The Credit Agreement also contains 
limitations  on  our  ability  to  incur  additional  indebtedness  and  requires  lender  approval  for  acquisitions  funded  with  cash, 
promissory notes and/or other consideration in excess of $6.0 million and for acquisitions funded solely with equity in excess of 
$10.0 million. If we are not in compliance with certain of these covenants, in addition to other actions the creditor may require, 
the amounts drawn on the Credit Agreement may become immediately due and payable. This immediate payment may negatively 
impact our financial condition. 

We have pledged substantially all of our assets (including the assets of our restricted subsidiaries) to secure our 

indebtedness. Our Credit Agreement and related obligations: 

(cid:2)  Require us to dedicate significant cash flow to the payment of principal and interest on our debt, which reduces the

funds we have available for other purposes; 

(cid:2)  May limit our flexibility in planning for or reacting to changes in our business and market conditions or funding our

strategic growth plan; 

(cid:2) 

Impose on us additional financial and operational restrictions; 

(cid:2)  Expose us to interest rate risk since a portion of our debt obligations is at variable rates (which is mitigated to a certain

extent, by interest rate hedging transactions we entered into in connection with our Credit Agreement); and 

(cid:2)  Restrict our ability to fund certain acquisitions. 

In addition, investors may be apprehensive about investing in companies such as ours that carry a substantial amount of 

leverage on their balance sheets, and this apprehension may adversely affect the price of our common stock. 

15 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
 
 
 
Failure to comply with the financial covenants, or any other non-financial or restrictive covenant, could create a default 
under our Credit Agreement. Upon a default, our lenders could accelerate the indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, foreclose 
against their collateral or seek other remedies, which would jeopardize our ability to continue our current operations. Such other 
remedies, and our response thereto, may involve a repatriation or use of our foreign cash balances that may be restricted by local 
laws or could have adverse tax consequences and substantially harm our business and results of operations. We may be required 
to amend our Credit Agreement, refinance all or part of our existing debt, sell assets, incur additional indebtedness or raise equity. 
Further, based upon our actual performance levels, our covenants relating to income, debt coverage and cash flow and minimum 
working capital requirements could limit our ability to incur additional debt, which could hinder our ability to execute our current 
business strategy. 

Our ability to make scheduled payments on our debt and other financial obligations and comply with financial covenants 
depends on our financial and operating performance. Our financial and operating performance will continue to be subject to 
prevailing economic conditions and to financial, business and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. 

Failure to raise additional capital or generate the significant capital necessary to implement our acquisition strategy, expand 
our operations and invest in new products could reduce our ability to compete and result in less revenue. 

We anticipate that our financial resources, which include available cash, cash generated from operations, and debt and 
equity capacity, will be sufficient to finance operations and capital expenditures for at least the next twelve months. However, 
this  expectation  is  premised  on  the  current  operating  plan, which  may  change  as  a  result  of  many  factors,  including  market 
acceptance of new products and future opportunities with collaborators. Consequently, we may need additional funding sooner 
than anticipated. In addition, our line of credit may not be sufficient to fund our acquisition strategy.  In such case, our inability 
to  raise  sufficient  capital  on  favorable  terms  and  in  a  timely  manner  (if  at  all)  could  seriously  harm  our  business,  product 
development, and acquisition efforts. 

If we raise additional funds through the sale of equity or convertible debt or equity-linked securities, existing percentages 
of  ownership  in  our  common  stock  will  be  reduced.  In  addition,  these  transactions  may  dilute  the  value  of  our  outstanding 
common stock. We may issue securities that have rights, preferences and privileges senior to our common stock. If we raise 
additional funds through collaborations or licensing arrangements, we may relinquish rights to certain of our technologies or 
products, or grant licenses to third parties on terms that are unfavorable. In addition, our Credit Agreement contains limitations 
on our ability to incur additional indebtedness and requires lender approval for acquisitions funded with cash, promissory notes 
and/or other consideration in excess of $6.0 million and for acquisitions funded solely with equity in excess of $10.0 million. If 
future  financing  is  not  available  or  is  not  available  on  acceptable  terms,  we  may  have  to  alter  our  operations  or  change  our 
business strategy. We cannot assure you that the capital required to fund operations or our acquisition strategy will be available 
in the future. 

If our spin-off of Harvard Apparatus Regenerative Technology, Inc., or HART, together with certain related transactions, 
does  not  qualify  as  a  transaction  that  is  generally  tax-free  for  U.S.  federal  income  tax  purposes,  we  could  be  subject  to 
significant tax liability. 

On June 28, 2013, we received a Supplemental Ruling to the Private Letter Ruling dated March 22, 2013, from the IRS to 
the effect that, among other things, the spin-off of HART will qualify as a transaction that is tax-free for U.S. federal income tax 
purposes  under  Section  355  and  368(a)(1)(D)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  continuing  in  effect.  The  private  letter  and 
supplemental rulings and the tax opinion that we received from Burns & Levinson LLP, special counsel to Harvard Bioscience, 
Inc. rely on certain representations, assumptions and undertakings, including those relating to the past and future conduct of our 
business and HART’s business, and neither the private letter and supplemental rulings nor the opinion would be valid if such 
representations,  assumptions  and  undertakings  were  incorrect.  Moreover,  the  private  letter  and  supplemental  rulings  do  not 
address  all  the  issues  that  are  relevant  to  determining  whether  the  spin-off  distribution  will  qualify  for  tax-free  treatment. 
Notwithstanding the private letter and supplemental rulings and opinion, the IRS could determine the spin-off distribution should 
be  treated  as  a  taxable  transaction  for  U.S.  federal  income  tax  purposes  if,  among  other  reasons,  it  determines  any  of  the 
representations, assumptions or undertakings that were included in the request for the private letter and supplemental rulings are 
false or have been violated or if it disagrees with the conclusions in the opinion that are not covered by the IRS ruling. 

If the spin-off distribution fails to qualify for tax-free treatment, in general, we would be subject to tax as if we had sold 
HART’s common stock in a taxable sale for its fair market value, and stockholders who receive shares of HART’s common stock 
in the spin-off distribution would be subject to tax as if they had received a taxable distribution equal to the fair market value of 
such shares. 

16 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To the extent we do not structure certain corporate transactions in compliance with the requirements of certain “safe harbor” 
provision of the internal revenue code, the tax rules applicable to a tax-free spin-off may limit our ability to engage in certain 
corporate transactions or raise equity capital beyond certain thresholds for a period of time after the spin-off of HART. 

Current U.S. federal income tax law creates a presumption that our spin-off of HART would be taxable to us, but not our 
stockholders, if such spin-off is part of a “plan or series of related transactions” pursuant to which one or more persons acquire 
directly or indirectly, stock representing a 50% or greater interest (by vote or value) in us or HART. Although acquisitions that 
occur during the four-year period that begins two years before the date of the spin-off are presumed to occur pursuant to a plan 
or series of related transactions, the U.S. Treasury regulations provide several “safe harbors” for acquisitions that would not be 
considered to be part of such a plan. Such regulations generally provide that whether an acquisition and a spin-off are part of a 
plan is determined based on all of the facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, specific factors described in the U.S. 
Treasury regulations. 

To  the  extent  we  acquire  any  businesses  or  engage  in  certain  other  corporate  transactions  during  the  two  year  period 
following the spin-off, we intend to structure such transactions in a manner that complies with the safe harbors provided by the 
U.S. Treasury regulations, however, the presumption that acquisitions will be part of a “plan or series of related transactions” 
may limit our ability during the two-year period following the spin-off to enter into certain transactions that may be advantageous 
to  us  and  our  stockholders,  particularly,  issuing  equity  securities  to  satisfy  financing  needs,  repurchasing  equity  securities, 
disposing of certain assets, engaging in mergers and acquisitions, and, under certain circumstances, acquiring businesses or assets 
with equity securities or agreeing to be acquired. 

To preserve the tax-free treatment of the spin-off to us and our stockholders, under the tax matters agreement that we 
entered into with HART in connection with the spin-off, we are prohibited from taking or failing to take (or permitting any of 
our subsidiaries, other than HART and its subsidiaries, to take or fail to take) any action where such action or failure to act would 
prevent the tax-free nature of the spin-off or be inconsistent with any material, information, covenant or representation that relates 
to facts or matters related to Harvard Bioscience (or any of our subsidiaries, other than HART and its subsidiaries) or our business 
or within our control and is contained in any representation letter related to the private letter ruling, supplemental private letter 
ruling or tax opinion (or any other supplemental private letter ruling or tax opinion that may be necessary) mentioned above. 
These  restrictions  may  limit  our  ability  to  pursue  strategic  transactions  of  a  certain  magnitude  that  involve  the  issuance  or 
acquisition of our stock or engage in new businesses or other transactions that might increase the value of our business. These 
restrictions may also limit our ability to raise significant amounts of cash through the issuance of stock, especially if our stock 
price were to suffer substantial declines, or through the sale of certain of our assets. 

Third parties may seek to hold us responsible for HART’s liabilities, including liabilities that HART has assumed from us. 

Third parties may seek to hold us responsible for HART’s liabilities, including any of the liabilities that HART agreed to 
retain or assume in connection with the separation of the HART business from our businesses, and related spin-off distribution. 
Pursuant to our agreements with HART, HART has agreed to indemnify us for claims and losses relating to certain liabilities 
that  it  has  assumed  from  us,  including  liabilities  in  connection  with  the  sale  of  HART’s  products,  intellectually  property 
infringement and other liabilities related to the operation of HART’s business. However, if those liabilities are significant and 
we are ultimately held liable for them, we cannot assure you that HART will have the ability to satisfy its obligations to us. If 
HART is unable to satisfy its obligations under its indemnity to us, we may have to satisfy these obligations, which could have 
a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. 
If our goodwill or intangible assets become impaired, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings. 

Under  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  (“U.S.  GAAP”),  we  review  our  goodwill  and 
intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. 
Goodwill is also required to be tested for impairment at least annually. Factors that may be considered a change in circumstances 
indicating that the carrying value of our goodwill or other intangible assets may not be recoverable include a decline in our stock 
price  and  market  capitalization, future  cash  flows,  and slower growth rates  in our  industry. We  may  be required  to record  a 
significant charge to earnings in our financial statements during the period in which any impairment of our goodwill or other 
intangible assets is determined, which could adversely affect our results of operations. 

Accounting for goodwill, other intangible assets and long-lived assets may have a material adverse effect on us. 

We assess the recoverability of identifiable intangibles with finite lives and other long-lived assets, such as property, plant 
and  equipment,  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  value  may  not  be 
recoverable  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  Accounting  Standards 
Codification (“ASU”) 360, “Property, Plant and Equipment”. In accordance with FASB ASU 350, “Intangibles-Goodwill and  

17 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other”, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives from acquisitions are evaluated annually, or more frequently, if events 
or circumstances indicate there may be an impairment, to determine whether any portion of the remaining balance of goodwill 
and indefinite lived intangibles may not be recoverable. If it is determined in the future that a portion of our goodwill and other 
intangible assets is impaired, we will be required to write off that portion of the asset according to the methods defined by FASB 
ASU 360 and FASB ASU 350, which could have an adverse effect on net income for the period in which the write-off occurs. 
At December 31, 2014, our continuing operations had goodwill and intangible assets of $62.2 million, or 46%, of our total assets 
and we concluded that none of our goodwill or other intangible assets was impaired. 

If our accounting estimates are not correct, our financial results could be adversely affected. 

Management judgment and estimates are required in the application of our Critical Accounting Policies. We discuss these 
estimates in the subsection entitled critical accounting policies beginning on page 26 in Item 7, Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  in  this  Annual  Report.  If  our  estimates  are  incorrect,  our  future 
financial operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected. 

If we fail to retain key personnel and hire, train and retain qualified employees, we may not be able to compete effectively, 
which could result in reduced revenue or increased costs. 

Our success is highly dependent on the continued services of key management, technical and scientific personnel. Our 
management and other employees may voluntarily terminate their employment at any time upon short notice. The loss of the 
services of any member of the senior management team, including the Chief Executive Officer, Jeffrey A. Duchemin, the Chief 
Financial Officer, Robert E. Gagnon, the Vice President Strategic Marketing and Business Development, Yong Sun, the Vice 
President of Global Sales, Yoav Sibony, or any of the managerial, technical or scientific staff may significantly delay or prevent 
the achievement of product development, our growth strategies and other business objectives. Our future success will also depend 
on our ability to identify, recruit and retain additional qualified scientific, technical and managerial personnel. We operate in 
several geographic locations where labor markets are particularly competitive, including Boston, Massachusetts, the New York 
metropolitan area, London and Cambridge, England, where demand for personnel with these skills is extremely high and is likely 
to  remain  high.  As  a  result,  competition  for  qualified  personnel  is  intense,  particularly  in  the  areas  of  general  management, 
finance, information technology, engineering and science, and the process of hiring suitably qualified personnel is often lengthy 
and expensive, and may become more expensive in the future. If we are unable to hire and retain a sufficient number of qualified 
employees, our ability to conduct and expand our business could be seriously reduced. 

Rising commodity and precious metals costs could adversely impact our profitability. 

Raw material commodities such as resins, and precious metal commodities such as platinum are subject to wide price 
variations. Increases in the costs and availability of these commodities and the costs of energy, transportation and other necessary 
services may adversely affect our profit margins if we are unable to pass along any higher costs in the form of price increases or 
otherwise achieve cost efficiencies such as in manufacturing and distribution. 

If we are unable to effectively protect our intellectual property, third parties may use our technology, which would impair our 
ability to compete in our markets. 

Our continued success will depend in significant part on our ability to obtain and maintain meaningful patent protection 
for certain of our products throughout the world. Patent law relating to the scope of claims in the technology fields in which we 
operate is still evolving. The degree of future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain. We also own numerous U.S. 
registered trademarks and trade names and have applications for the registration of trademarks and trade names pending. We rely 
on patents to protect a significant part of our intellectual property and to enhance our competitive position. However, our presently 
pending or future patent applications may not be accepted and patents might not be issued, and any patent previously issued to 
us may be challenged, invalidated, held unenforceable or circumvented. Furthermore, the claims in patents which have been 
issued or which may be issued to us in the future may not be sufficiently broad to prevent third parties from producing competing 
products similar to our products. In addition, the laws of various foreign countries in which we compete may not protect our 
intellectual property to the same extent, as do the laws of the United States. If we fail to obtain adequate patent protection for our 
proprietary technology, our ability to be commercially competitive could be materially impaired. 

In addition to patent protection, we also rely on protection of trade secrets, know-how and confidential and proprietary 
information.  To  maintain  the  confidentiality  of  trade-secrets  and  proprietary  information,  we  generally  seek  to  enter  into 
confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants and strategic partners upon the commencement of a relationship. 
However, we may not be able to obtain these agreements in all circumstances in part due to local regulations. In the event of 
unauthorized use or disclosure of this information, these agreements, even if obtained, may not provide meaningful protection  

18 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
for our trade-secrets or other confidential information. In addition, adequate remedies may not exist in the event of unauthorized 
use or disclosure of this information. The loss or exposure of our trade secrets and other proprietary information would impair 
our  competitive  advantages  and  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our operating  results,  financial  condition  and future 
growth prospects. 

The manufacture, sale and use of products and services may expose us to product liability claims for which we could have 
substantial liability. 

We face an inherent business risk of exposure to product liability claims if our products, services or product candidates, 
including without limitation, any of our life science research tools are alleged or found to have caused injury, damage or loss. 
We may in the future be unable to obtain insurance with adequate levels of coverage for potential liability on acceptable terms 
or claims of this nature may be excluded from coverage under the terms of any insurance policy that we can obtain. If we are 
unable to obtain such insurance or the amounts of any claims successfully brought against us substantially exceed our coverage, 
then our business could be adversely impacted. 

We may be involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents that would be expensive and time-consuming. 

In order to protect or enforce our patent rights, we may initiate patent litigation against third parties. We may also become 
subject to interference proceedings conducted in the patent and trademark offices of various countries to determine the priority 
of inventions. Several of our products are based on patents that are closely surrounded by patents held by competitors or potential 
competitors. As a result, we believe there is a greater likelihood of a patent dispute than would be expected if our patents were 
not closely surrounded by other patents. The defense and prosecution, if necessary, of intellectual property suits, interference 
proceedings and related legal and administrative proceedings would be costly and divert our technical and management personnel 
from their normal responsibilities. We may not prevail in any of these suits should they occur. An adverse determination of any 
litigation or defense proceedings could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and could put our 
patent applications at risk of being rejected and no patents being issued. 

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, 
there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. For 
example, during the course of this kind of litigation, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or 
other interim proceedings or developments in the litigation. Securities analysts or investors may perceive these announcements 
to be negative, which could cause the market price of our stock to decline. 

Our success will depend partly on our ability to operate without infringing on or misappropriating the intellectual property 
rights of others. 

We may be sued for infringing on the intellectual property rights of others, including the patent rights, trademarks and 
trade names of third parties.  In 2013, we received correspondence from legal counsel to Nanofiber Solutions, Inc., or NFS, 
claiming that in developing the scaffold product and related intellectual property now owned and being developed by HART, we 
may have committed misappropriation, unauthorized use and disclosure of confidential information, and possible infringement 
of intellectual property rights of NFS. Intellectual property litigation is costly and the outcome is uncertain. If we do not prevail 
in any intellectual property litigation, in addition to any damages we might have to pay, we could be required to stop the infringing 
activity, or obtain a license to or design around the intellectual property in question. If we are unable to obtain a required license 
on acceptable terms, or are unable to design around any third party patent, we may be unable to sell some of our products and 
services, which could result in reduced revenue. 

Ethical concerns surrounding the use of our products and misunderstanding of the nature of our business could adversely 
affect our ability to develop and sell our existing products and new products. 

Some of our products may be used in areas of research usage involving animal research and other techniques presently 
being explored in the life science industry. These techniques have drawn negative attention in the public forum. Government 
authorities may regulate or prohibit any of these activities. Additionally, the public may disfavor or reject these activities. 

New regulations related to conflict minerals may force us to incur additional expenses and otherwise adversely impact our 
business. 

The SEC has promulgated final rules mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act regarding disclosure of the use of tin, tantalum, 
tungsten and gold, known as conflict minerals, in products manufactured by public companies. These new rules require ongoing 
due diligence to determine whether such minerals originated from the Democratic Republic of Congo (the DRC) or an adjoining 
country and whether such minerals helped finance the armed conflict in the DRC. Reporting obligations for the rule began on 

19 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
May  31,  2014  and  are  required  annually  thereafter.  There  will  be  costs  associated  with  complying  with  these  disclosure 
requirements, including costs to determine the origin of conflict minerals in our products. The implementation of these rules and 
their effect on customer, supplier and/or consumer behavior could adversely affect the sourcing, supply and pricing of materials 
used in our products. As a result, we may also incur costs with respect to potential changes to products, processes or sources of 
supply. We may face disqualification as a supplier for customers and reputational challenges if the due diligence procedures we 
implement do not enable us to verify the origins for all conflict minerals used in our products, including that such minerals did 
not originate from any of the covered conflict countries. Accordingly, the implementation of these rules could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, results of operations and/or financial condition. 

Our stock price has fluctuated in the past and could experience substantial declines in the future. 

The market price of our common stock has experienced significant fluctuations and may become volatile and could decline 

in the future, perhaps substantially, in response to various factors including: 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

(cid:3)
(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

volatility of the financial markets; 

uncertainty regarding the prospects of the domestic and foreign economies; 

failure to achieve our desired tax treatment of the separation and spin-off of HART; 

technological innovations by competitors or in competing technologies; 

revenues and operating results fluctuating or failing to meet the expectations of management, securities analysts, or
investors in any quarter; 

comments of securities analysts and mistakes by or misinterpretation of comments from analysts, downward revisions
in securities analysts’ estimates or management guidance; 

investment banks and securities analysts becoming subject to lawsuits that may adversely affect the perception of the
market; 

conditions or trends in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries; 

announcements of significant acquisitions or financings or strategic partnerships; 

non-compliance with the internal control standards pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; and 

a decrease in the demand for our common stock. 

In  addition,  public  stock  markets  have  experienced  extreme  price  and  trading  volatility.  The  stock  market  and  the 
NASDAQ  Global  Market  in  general,  and  the  biotechnology  industry  and  small  cap  markets  in  particular,  have  experienced 
significant price and volume fluctuations that at times may have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance 
of those companies. These broad market and industry factors may further harm the market price of our common stock, regardless 
of our operating performance. In the past, securities class action litigation has often been instituted following periods of volatility 
in the market price of a company’s securities. A securities class action suit against us could result in substantial costs, potential 
liabilities and the diversion of management’s attention and resources. 

Provisions of Delaware law, of our charter and bylaws and our Shareholder Rights Plan may make a takeover more difficult, 
which could cause our stock price to decline. 

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and in the Delaware corporate law may make it difficult and 
expensive for a third party to pursue a tender offer, change in control or takeover attempt, which is opposed by management and 
the board of directors. Public stockholders who might desire to participate in such a transaction may not have an opportunity to 
do so. In February 2008, our Board of Directors adopted a Shareholder Rights Plan that could make it more difficult for a third 
party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from acquiring, the Company or a large block of our common stock. A third 
party that acquires 20% or more of our common stock (an “Acquiring Person”) could suffer substantial dilution of its ownership 
interest under the terms of the Shareholder Rights Plan through the issuance of common stock to all shareholders other than the 
Acquiring Person. We also have a staggered board of directors that makes it difficult for stockholders to change the composition  

20 

 
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
 
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
 
 
 
 
of  the  board  of  directors  in  any  one  year.  These  anti-takeover  provisions  could  substantially  impede  the  ability  of  public 
stockholders to change our management and board of directors. Such provisions may also limit the price that investors might be 
willing to pay for shares of our common stock in the future. 

An active trading market for our common stock may not be sustained. 

Although our common stock is quoted on the NASDAQ Global Market, an active trading market for the shares may not 
be sustained. This could negatively affect the price for our common stock, including investors’ ability to buy or sell our common 
stock and the listing thereof. 

Any issuance of preferred stock in the future may dilute the rights of our common stockholders. 

Our board of directors has the authority to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock and to determine the price, 
privileges and other terms of these shares. The board of directors may exercise this authority without any further approval of 
stockholders. The rights of the holders of common stock may be adversely affected by the rights of future holders of preferred 
stock. 

Cash dividends will not likely be paid on our common stock. 

Currently, we intend to retain all of our earnings to finance the expansion and development of our business and do not 
anticipate paying any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the near future. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, 
of our common stock will be a stockholder’s sole source of gain for the near future. 

Item  1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments. 

None. 

Item  2. 

Properties. 

Our  thirteen  principal  facilities  incorporate  manufacturing,  research  and  development,  sales  and  marketing,  and 

administration functions. Our facilities consist of: 

(cid:2) 

a leased 83,123 square foot facility in Holliston, Massachusetts, which includes our corporate headquarters, 

(cid:2) 

a leased 36,144 square foot facility in Charlotte, North Carolina, 

(cid:2) 

a leased 29,020 square foot facility in Richmond, California, 

(cid:2) 

a leased 28,000 square foot facility in Cambridge, England, 

(cid:2) 

a leased 23,000 square foot facility in Whitehall, Pennsylvania, 

(cid:2) 

a leased 22,900 square foot facility in Nordhausen, Germany, 

(cid:2) 

a leased 22,449 square foot facility in Reutlingen, Germany, 

(cid:2) 

a leased 20,853 square foot facility in Barcelona, Spain, 

(cid:2) 

a leased 17,436 square foot facility in South Plainfield, New Jersey, 

(cid:2) 

a leased 12,031 square foot facility in March-Hugstetten, Germany, 

(cid:2) 

a leased 7,500 square foot facility in Hamden, Connecticut, 

(cid:2) 

a leased 3,780 square foot facility in Durham, North Carolina, and 

(cid:2) 

a leased 3,229 square foot facility in Kista, Sweden. 

We also lease additional facilities for sales and administrative support in Shanghai, China, Les Ulis, France, St. Augustin, 

Germany and Montreal, Canada. 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
As  part  of  the  fourth  quarter  2013  Restructuring  Plan,  we  decided  to  close  our  previously  owned  15,500  square  foot 
Endenbridge, England facility. During the fourth quarter 2014, the facility was sold for approximately $1.1 million.  The gain on 
sale of $0.8 million was recorded in a separate line in our statement of operations within operating expenses. 

We believe our current facilities are adequate for our needs for the foreseeable future. 

Item  3. 

Legal Proceedings. 

From time to time, we may be involved in various claims and legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. 

We are not currently a party to any such significant claims or proceedings. 

Item 4. 

Mine Safety Disclosures 

Not Applicable. 

22 

 
  
 
  
 
 
 
PART II 

Item  5. 

Market  for  Registrant’s  Common  Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters  and  Issuer  Purchases  of  Equity
Securities. 

Price Range of Common Stock 

Our common stock has been quoted on the NASDAQ Global Market since our initial public offering on December 7, 
2000, and currently trades under the symbol “HBIO.” The following table sets forth the range of the high and low sales prices 
per share of our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Market for the quarterly periods indicated. 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2014 
First Quarter ..........................................................................................................................   $
Second Quarter .....................................................................................................................   $
Third Quarter ........................................................................................................................   $
Fourth Quarter ......................................................................................................................   $

High 

Low

4.88    $
4.74    $
4.90    $
5.67    $

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013 
First Quarter ..........................................................................................................................   $
Second Quarter .....................................................................................................................   $
Third Quarter ........................................................................................................................   $
Fourth Quarter ......................................................................................................................   $

High 

Low

4.61    $
4.32    $
4.28    $
5.07    $

4.10 
3.73 
4.09 
4.14 

3.25 
3.45 
3.60 
3.76 

The table above reflects the stock price ranges as adjusted for the spin-off of HART which was effected on November 1, 
2013, for the 2013 periods presented. On March 6, 2015, the closing sale price of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global 
Market was $5.58 per share. There were 168 holders of record of our common stock as of March 6, 2015. We believe that the 
number of beneficial owners of our common stock at that date was substantially greater. 

Dividend Policy 

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock in the past and do not intend to pay cash dividends 
on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our 
Board of Directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and other factors our 
Board of Directors deems relevant. 

23 

  
 
 
 
 
    
 
   
   
      
  
   
   
      
  
 
    
 
  
  
 
 
 
Stockholder Return Performance Graph 

This performance graph shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 
as amended (the Exchange Act), or incorporated by reference into any filing of Harvard Bioscience under the Securities Act of 
1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing. 

The following graph provides a comparison of the cumulative total stockholder return on the Company’s common stock 
from  December  31,  2009  to  December  31,  2014  with  the  cumulative  return  of  the  Russell  2000  Index  and  the  Nasdaq 
Biotechnology  Index  over  the  same  period.  The  five-year  cumulative  return  assumes  an  initial  investment  of  $100  in  the 
Company’s common stock and in each index on December 31, 2009. The total return for the Company’s common stock and the 
indices used assumes the reinvestment of all dividends. The table below reflects the stock prices as adjusted for the spin-off of 
HART which was effected on November 1, 2013, for all periods presented. 

12/09    

12/10    

12/11    

12/12      

12/13    

12/14 

Harvard Bioscience, Inc. ..................    
Russell 2000 .......................................    
NASDAQ Biotechnology ..................    

100.00    
100.00    
100.00    

114.29    
126.86    
106.73    

108.40    
121.56    
122.40    

122.69      
141.43      
166.72      

173.76    
196.34    
286.55    

209.62 
205.95 
379.71 

The stock price performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance. 

24 

 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
    
      
      
      
       
      
  
  
 
 
Item 6. 

Selected Financial Data 

The financial data presented below have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The selected 
historical financial data presented below should be read in conjunction with “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations”  and  “Item  8.  Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data.”  and  with  our 
previously  filed  Annual  Reports on  Form  10-K.  The  selected  data  in  this  section  is not  intended  to replace  the  consolidated 
financial statements. The information presented below is not necessarily indicative of the results of our future operations. 

2014    

For The Years Ended December 31,
     2011    
2012 
(in thousands, except per share data)

2013    

2010

Gross profit................................................................................     49,344 
Operating expenses .......................................................................     42,726 

Statement of Operations Data: 
Revenues .......................................................................................   $ 108,663   $ 105,171   $ 111,171    $ 108,864   $ 108,179 
56,400 
Cost of revenues ...........................................................................     59,319     57,475     58,831       58,672    
51,779 
   47,696     52,340       50,192    
40,938 
   46,159     44,510       41,787    
10,841 
8,405    
(655)
(1,537)   
10,186 
6,868    
(9,452)
1,579    
19,638 
5,289    

Operating income ......................................................................    
Other expense, net .....................................................................    
Income from continuing operations before income taxes ......    
Income tax expense (benefit) ........................................................    
Income from continuing operations ..........................................    

6,618    
(2,201)   
4,417    
2,062    
2,355    

1,537    
(1,102)   
435    
(288)   
723    

7,830      
(938)     
6,892      
2,398      
4,494      

Discontinued operations (1): 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax .......................    
Net income (loss) ......................................................................   $

-    

(2,553)   
2,355   $ (1,830)  $

(2,124)     
(623)
(1,477)   
2,370    $  3,812   $ 19,015 

Earnings (loss) per share: 

Basic earnings per common share from continuing operations .   $
Discontinued operations ............................................................    
Basic earnings (loss) per common share ...................................   $

0.07   $
-    
 $

0.07 

0.02   $
(0.08)   
(0.06)  $

0.16    $ 
(0.07)     
0.09    $ 

0.19   $
(0.05)   
0.14   $

0.68 
(0.02)
0.66 

Diluted earnings per common share from continuing 
operations ..................................................................................   $
Discontinued operations ............................................................    
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share ................................   $

0.07   $
-    
0.07   $

0.02   $
(0.08)   
(0.06)  $

0.15    $ 
(0.07)     
0.08    $ 

0.18   $
(0.05)   
0.13   $

0.67 
(0.02)
0.65 

Weighted average common shares: 

Basic ..........................................................................................     32,171     30,384     28,799       28,451    
Diluted .......................................................................................     33,237     31,914     29,793       29,819    

28,967 
29,405 

    2014       2013       2012         2011      

2010  

As of December 31, 

(in thousands) 

Balance Sheet Data: 
Cash and cash equivalents ............................................................   $ 14,134   $ 25,771   $ 20,681    $  17,916   $ 19,704 
47,270 
Working capital ............................................................................     38,964     44,665     49,071       48,004    
Total assets ....................................................................................     135,916     135,460     133,484       126,634     124,797 
18,009 
Long-term debt, net of current portion ..........................................     16,450     19,750     12,950       16,300    
90,248 
Stockholders’ equity .....................................................................     95,468     94,485     104,213       95,499    

(1)  Discontinued operations include: 

On  September  30,  2008,  we  completed  the  sale  of  assets  of  our  Union  Biometrica  Division  including  its  German 
subsidiary, Union Biometrica GmbH, representing at that time the remaining portion of our Capital Equipment Business 
Segment, to UBIO Acquisition Company. The purchase price paid by UBIO Acquisition Company included an earn-out 
based on the revenue generated by the acquired business over a five-year post-transaction period. Discontinued operations 
include  a  gain  on  disposal  related  to  the  earn-out,  net  of  tax,  of  $0.3  million  and  $0.8  million  in  2013  and  2012, 
respectively. 

25 

 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
    
      
      
      
      
 
   
      
      
       
     
  
   
      
      
       
     
  
   
   
      
      
       
     
  
   
   
      
      
       
     
  
   
      
      
       
     
  
   
   
      
      
       
     
  
   
   
      
      
       
     
  
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
      
      
       
     
  
  
  
On November 1, 2013, the spin-off of our RMD business from our Company was completed. Through the spin-off date 
the historical operations of RMD were reported as continuing operations in our consolidated statements of operations. 
Following the spin-off, and reported herein, the historical operations of RMD were restated and presented as discontinued 
operations in our consolidated statements of operations presented. Discontinued operations include the results of the RMD 
business except for certain corporate overhead costs and other allocations, which remain in continuing operations.  The 
costs incurred to separate and spin-off  the RMD business remain in continuing operations and have been classified and 
reported  as  transaction  costs,  within  operating  expenses,  on  our  consolidated  statements  of  operations.    Discontinued 
operations include losses from operations of the RMD business, net of tax, for 2013 and 2012 of $2.8 million and $3.0 
million, respectively. 

Item  7. 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. 

Forward-Looking Statements 

The following section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations” contains statements that are not statements of historical fact and are forward-looking 
statements within the meaning of federal securities laws. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and 
other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, 
performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. These statements reflect our current views 
with respect to future events and are based on assumptions and subject to risks and uncertainties. Factors that may cause our 
actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include those factors described in “Item 1A. Risk 
Factors” beginning on page 10 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. You should carefully review all of these factors, as well as 
the comprehensive discussion of forward-looking statements on page 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Overview 

Harvard Bioscience, Inc., a Delaware corporation, is a global developer, manufacturer and marketer of a broad range of 
scientific instruments, systems and lab consumables used to advance life science for basic research, drug discovery, clinical and 
environmental  testing.  Our  products  are  sold  to  thousands  of  researchers  in  over  100  countries  through  our  global  sales 
organization, websites, catalogs, and through distributors including Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc., VWR, GE Healthcare, and 
other specialized distributors. We have sales and manufacturing operations in the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany, 
Sweden, Spain, France, Canada, and China. 

From 2009 through November 1, 2013, Harvard Bioscience’s operations included two main businesses, the Life Science 
Research Tools business and the Regenerative Medicine Device business.   In 2013, we formed and consummated the spin-off 
of Harvard Apparatus Regenerative Technology, Inc. (“HART”) to our existing shareholders by means of a distribution of the 
stocks we owned in HART. The results of the HART business are included in discontinued operations for all periods presented. 

At the end of 2013 we began a multiple year restructuring program to reduce costs, align global functions, consolidate 
facilities, and reinvest in key areas such as sales and IT.  As part of the reinvestment, we initiated a plan in 2014 to invest in and 
implement a new global ERP platform.  Additionally, during 2014, as part of the restructuring program, we initiated plans to 
relocate and consolidate the distribution, finance and marketing operations of our Denville Scientific facility and manufacturing 
operations of our Biochrom facility. We believe the restructuring program positions the Company to stabilize, focus on, and grow 
the life science business. 

On October 1, 2014, we acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of two life science companies for approximately 
$12.7 million, net of cash acquired: Multi Channel Systems MCS GmbH, or MCS, which has its principal offices in Germany, 
and Triangle BioSystems, Inc., or TBSI, which has its principal offices in North Carolina. We funded the acquisitions of MCS 
and TBSI from our existing cash balances and borrowings under our credit facility, respectively. 

Our Strategy 

Our vision is to be a world leading life science company that excels in meeting the needs of our customers by providing a 

wide breath of innovative products and solutions, while providing exemplary customer service. 

26 

  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our business strategy is to have a broad range of highly specialized products that have strong positions in targeted market 

segments within the life science industry. 

We believe that: 

(cid:2)  having a broad and high quality product offering reduces the risk of being dependent on a single technology; 

(cid:2)  having  relatively  inexpensive  products  including  instruments,  systems,  and  consumables  reduces  the  volatility

associated with expensive capital equipment; 

(cid:2)  providing strong technical and application service helps customers solve their problems and provides additional value

to the customer in their research; and 

(cid:2)  having a global sales, marketing and distribution team reaches directly to customers and builds strong relationships

with them. 

We seek to grow this range of products through a combination of organic growth driven by internal development of new 
products, direct marketing, global sales and distribution channel expansion, and the acquisition of products. We use acquisitions 
to expand our product offerings because we believe we can use our well-established brands and distribution channels to accelerate 
the growth of these acquired products. Our operational strategy aims to continuously improve our operational efficacy across the 
Company,  including  the  newly  acquired  companies,  therefore  contributing  to  profit  improvement.  As  discussed  earlier,  we 
initiated  a  plan  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2014  to  relocate  our  Denville  distribution  operations  and  consolidate  our  Biochrom 
manufacturing operations. As part of this plan we expect to incur costs of approximately $0.8 million to $1.0 million in 2015, 
while  the  relocation and  consolidation of  these  facilities  will  result  in  savings  of  approximately  $0.8  million  to $1.0  million 
annually beginning in 2016. 

Subsequent Event 

On January 8, 2015, we acquired, through our wholly-owned Multi Channel Systems MCS GmbH subsidiary, all of the 
issued  and  outstanding  shares  of  HEKA  for  approximately  $6.0  million.  Included  in  the  acquisition  of  HEKA  are:  HEKA 
Electronik Dr. Schulze GmbH, based in Lambrecht, Germany; HEKA Electronics Incorporated, based in Chester, Nova Scotia, 
Canada; and HEKA Instruments Incorporated, based in Bellmore, New York. We funded the acquisition from our existing cash 
balances. 

HEKA is a developer, manufacturer and marketer of sophisticated electrophysiology instrumentation and software for 
biomedical and industrial research applications. This acquisition is complementary to the electrophysiology line currently offered 
by our wholly-owned Warner Instruments and MCS subsidiaries. 

Together, we expect the acquisitions of MCS, TBSI and HEKA to add approximately $12 million in annual revenues and 

will be accretive to earnings per share.   

In the table below, we provide an overview of selected operating metrics. 

    % of

    % of 

  2014    Revenues    

2013    Revenues       2012

    % of
   Revenues  

(dollars in thousands) 

Revenues ....................................................................  $108,663      
Cost of revenues ........................................................    59,319    
Sales and marketing expenses ....................................    18,225    
General and administrative expenses .........................    16,826    
4,880    
Research and development expenses .........................   
1,027    
Restructuring charges ................................................   
2,578    
Amortization of intangible assets ...............................   
HART transaction costs .............................................    
-    
(810)   
Gain on sale of assets .................................................   

    $105,171      
54.6%    57,475    
16.8%    17,330    
15.5%    17,887    
4,154    
2,150    
2,590    
2,048    
-    

4.5%   
0.9%   
2.4%   
0.0%   
-0.7%   

    $ 111,171      
54.6%     58,831    
16.5%     18,287    
17.0%     18,121    
4,344    
3.9%    
310    
2.0%    
2,752    
2.5%    
696    
1.9%    
-    
0.0%    

52.9%
16.4%
16.3%
3.9%
0.3%
2.5%
0.6%
0.0%

27 

 
 
   
  
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
   
    
   
 
     
  
 
   
   
 
  
  
 
 
 
Components of Operating Income 

Revenues.     We generate revenues by selling apparatus, instruments, devices and consumables through our catalogs, our 
distributors, our direct sales force and our websites. Our websites and catalogs serve as the primary sales tools for our Physiology 
and  Fluidics  related  product  lines.  These  product  lines  include  both  proprietary  manufactured  products  and  complementary 
products from various suppliers. Our reputation as a leading producer in many of our manufactured products creates traffic to 
our website, enables cross-selling and facilitates the introduction of new products. We have field sales teams in the U.S., Canada, 
the United Kingdom, Germany, France, Spain and China. In those regions where we do not have a direct sales team, we use 
distributors. Revenues from direct sales to end users represented approximately 58% of our revenues for the year ended December 
31, 2014. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, revenues from direct sales to end users represented approximately 
57% of our revenues for each period. 

Products in our Molecular and Cell analysis product lines are generally sold by distributors, and are typically priced in the 
range of $5,000-$15,000. They are mainly scientific instruments like spectrophotometers and plate readers that analyze light to 
detect and quantify a wide range of molecular and cellular processes, or apparatus like gel electrophoresis units. We also use 
distributors for both our catalog products and our higher priced products, for sales in locations where we do not have subsidiaries 
or where we have existing distributors in place from acquired businesses. For the year ended December 31, 2014, approximately 
42% of our revenues were derived from sales to distributors.  For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, approximately 
43% of our revenues were derived from sales to distributors. 

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, approximately 65%, 64% and 67% of our revenues, respectively, 
were derived from products we manufacture, approximately 10%, 11% and 10%, respectively, were derived from complementary 
products we distribute in order to provide the researcher with a single source for all equipment needed to conduct a particular 
experiment, and approximately 25%, 25% and 23%, respectively, were derived from distributed products sold under our brand 
names. 

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, approximately 41%, 39% and 41% of our revenues, respectively, 

were derived from sales made by our non-U.S. operations. 

Changes in the relative proportion of our revenue sources between catalog or website sales, direct sales and distribution 

sales are primarily the result of a different sales proportion of acquired companies. 

Cost  of  product  revenues.          Cost  of  product  revenues  includes  material,  labor  and  manufacturing  overhead  costs, 
obsolescence charges, packaging costs, warranty costs, shipping costs and royalties. Our cost of product revenues may vary over 
time based on the mix of products sold. We sell products that we manufacture and products that we purchase from third parties. 
The products that we purchase from third parties have a higher cost of product revenues as a percent of revenues because the 
profit is effectively shared with the original manufacturer. We anticipate that our manufactured products will continue to have a 
lower cost of product revenues as a percentage of revenues as compared with the cost of non-manufactured products for the 
foreseeable future. Additionally, our cost of product revenues as a percent of product revenues will vary based on mix of direct 
to end user sales and distributor sales, mix by product line and mix by geography. 

Sales and marketing expenses.     Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of salaries and related expenses for 
personnel  in  sales,  marketing  and  customer  support  functions.  We  also  incur  costs  for  travel,  trade  shows,  demonstration 
equipment,  public  relations  and  marketing  materials,  consisting  primarily  of  the  printing  and  distribution  of  our  catalogs, 
supplements  and  the  maintenance  of  our  websites.  We  may  from  time  to  time  expand  our  marketing  efforts  by  employing 
additional technical marketing specialists in an effort to increase sales of selected categories of products. We may also from time 
to time expand our direct sales organizations in an effort to concentrate on key accounts or promote certain product lines. 

General and administrative expenses.     General and administrative expense consists primarily of salaries and other related 
costs for personnel in executive, finance, accounting, information technology and human resource functions. Other costs include 
professional  fees  for  legal  and  accounting  services,  facility  costs,  investor  relations,  insurance  and  provision  for  doubtful 
accounts. 

Research and development  expenses.        Research  and development  expense  consists primarily  of  salaries  and  related 
expenses for personnel and spending to develop and enhance our products. Other research and development expense includes 
fees  for  consultants  and  outside  service  providers,  and  material  costs  for  prototype  and  test  units.  We  expense  research  and 
development costs as incurred. We believe that investment in product development is a competitive necessity and plan to continue 
to make these investments in order to realize the potential of new technologies that we develop, license or acquire for existing 
markets. 

28 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Restructuring charges.     Restructuring charges consist of severance, other personnel-related charges and exit costs related 

to plans to create organizational efficiencies and reduce operating expenses. 

HART transaction costs.     HART transaction costs consist of legal, accounting and other professional fees incurred to 
facilitate  the  separation  and  spin-off  of  HART.  The  costs  have been  included  as  a  component  of  operating  expenses  on  our 
consolidated statements of income. 

Stock-based compensation expenses.     Stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 
and 2012 was $2.2 million, $2.7 and $3.3 million, respectively. The stock-based compensation expense related to stock options, 
restricted stock units, and the employee stock purchase plan and was recorded as a component of cost of revenues, sales and 
marketing expenses, general and administrative expenses, research and development expenses and discontinued operations. 

Currently, we intend to retain all of our earnings to finance the expansion and development of our business and do not 
anticipate paying any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the near future. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, 
of our common stock will be a stockholder’s sole source of gain for the near future. 

Bookings and Backlog 

We monitor bookings and backlog as these are indicators of future revenues and business activity levels. Bookings were 
$109.9  million  and  $105.6  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2014  and  2013,  respectively.  Excluding  the  effects  of 
currency translation, our bookings increased $3.3 million, or 3.1% from the previous year. Bookings were $105.6 million and 
$110.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Excluding the effects of currency translation, our 
bookings decreased $5.0 million, or 4.5% from the previous year. 

Our order backlog was approximately $7.2 million and $5.1 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 
Excluding the effects of currency translation, our backlog increased $2.4 million, or 46.5% from the previous year. The increase 
in backlog was primarily the result of our fourth quarter acquisitions of MCS and TBSI and the timing of customer orders and 
shipments. Our order backlog was approximately $5.1 million and $4.6 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 
Excluding the effects of currency translation, our backlog increased $0.5 million, or 10.0% from the previous year. The increase 
in backlog was primarily the result of the timing of customer orders and shipments. We include in backlog only those orders for 
which we have received valid purchase orders. Purchase orders may be cancelled at any time prior to shipment. Our backlog as 
of any particular date may not be representative of actual sales for any succeeding period. 

Selected Results of Operations 

Year Ended December 31, 2014 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2013 

Each reporting period, we face currency exposure that arises from translating the results of our worldwide operations to 
the U.S. dollar at exchange rates that fluctuate from the beginning of such period. We evaluate our results of operations on both 
a reported and a foreign currency-neutral basis, which excludes the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. 
We  believe  that  disclosing  this  non-GAAP  financial  information  provides  investors  with  an  enhanced  understanding  of  the 
underlying operations of the business. This non-GAAP financial information approximates information used by our management 
to internally evaluate the operating results of the Company. The non-GAAP financial information provided below should be 
considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, the financial information provided and presented in accordance with GAAP. 

Revenues 

Revenues increased $3.5 million, or 3.3%, to $108.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $105.2 
million for the same period in 2013.  Currency translation had a positive 0.9% effect on revenues for the year ended December 
31, 2014 compared to the same period in 2013. Excluding the effects of currency translation, our revenues increased 2.4% from 
the previous year. The increase was the result of revenues from the newly acquired MCS and TBSI and organic growth. 

29 

 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
Reconciliation of Changes In Revenues Compared to  
the Same Period of the Prior Year 

For the Year Ended
December 31, 2014  

Growth .......................................................................................................................................................     

Foreign exchange effect .............................................................................................................................     

Total revenue growth .................................................................................................................................     

2.4%

0.9%

3.3%

Cost of revenues 

Cost of revenues increased $1.8 million, or 3.2%, to $59.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared with 
$57.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.  Gross profit margin as a percentage of revenues was 45.4% for both years 
ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. Contributing factors in the year over year increase were currency translation, costs from 
our fourth quarter acquisitions, as well as unpaid incentive bonus costs. 

Sales and marketing expenses 

Sales and marketing expenses increased $0.9 million, or 5.2%, to $18.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 
compared with $17.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily due to unpaid incentive bonus 
costs, our fourth quarter acquisitions and unfavorable currency translation. 

General and administrative expenses 

General and administrative expenses decreased $1.1 million, or 5.9%, to $16.8 million for the year ended December 31, 
2014 compared with $17.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease was primarily due to lower payroll 
related  costs  and  lower  stock  compensation  expenses,  partially  offset  by  unpaid  incentive  bonus  costs,  our  fourth  quarter 
acquisitions and unfavorable currency translation. 

Research and development expenses 

Research  and  development  expenses  were  $4.9  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014,  an  increase  of 
approximately $0.7 million, or 17.5%, compared with $4.2 million the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily 
due  to  higher  payroll  related  costs,  including  unpaid  incentive  bonus  costs,  our  fourth  quarter  acquisitions  and  unfavorable 
currency translation. 

Amortization of intangible assets 

Amortization of intangible asset expenses was $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, which was unchanged 

from the year ended December 31, 2013. 

Restructuring 

Restructuring  charges  were  $1.0  million  for  year  ended  December  31,  2014  compared  with  $2.2  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2013. The decrease was primarily due to charges recorded during the year ended December 31, 2013 related to 
the company-wide restructuring plan we implemented during the year ended December 31, 2013, partially offset by additional 
charges recorded during the year ended December 31, 2014 related to such 2013 restructuring plan and charges related to the 
restructuring  plan  we  commenced  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014.  The  2013  restructuring  plan  realigned  global 
operations and included a reduction of our workforce of approximately 13%, as well as the elimination of the position of Chief 
Operating  Officer.  The  2014  restructuring  plan  realigned  global  operations  and  included  actions  to  move  the  Biochrom  and 
Denville operations to Holliston, MA and Charlotte, NC, respectively. 

HART transaction costs 

HART transaction costs, which consist of corporate transaction costs related to the separation and spin-off of HART, were 

$0 for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared with $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. 

30 

  
  
 
  
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Gain on sale of assets 

As part of the 2013 restructuring plan, we decided to close one of our facilities in the United Kingdom. During the fourth 
quarter 2014, the facility was sold.  The gain of $0.8 million was recorded in a separate line in our statement of operations within 
operating expenses. 

Other expense, net 

Other expense, net, was $2.2 million and $1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 
Interest expense was $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, which was flat compared to interest expense for the 
year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in other expense, net was due to $1.1 million in acquisition related costs incurred 
during the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $0 for the year ended December 31, 2013. 

Income taxes 

Income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations was approximately $2.1 million expense and $0.3 benefit for the 
years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The effective income tax rate from continuing operations was 46.7% 
expense  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014,  compared  with  66.2%  benefit  for  the  same  period  in  2013.  The  difference 
between our effective tax rate year over year was primarily attributable an  increase in valuation allowance related to foreign tax 
credits  in  2014  versus  certain  non-deductible  costs  related  to  the  HART  spin-off  partially  offset  by  higher  research  and 
development tax credits and pension expense in 2013. 

Discontinued Operations 

In September 2008, we completed the sale of assets of our Union Biometrica Division including our German subsidiary, 
Union Biometrica GmbH, to UBIO Acquisition Company. During 2013, we received earn-out payments, including interest, from 
UBIO Acquisition Company, of $1.8 million related to the 2008 acquisition. We received our final payment under the earn-out 
obligation from UBIO Acquisition Company in October 2013.  Included in the loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes, 
is a gain on disposal related to the Union Biometrica earn-out of $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. 

On  November  1,  2013,  the  spin-off  of  HART  and  our  RMD  business  was  completed.  Through  the  spin-off  date  the 
historical operations of RMD were reported as continuing operations in our consolidated statements of operations. Following the 
spin-off, the historical operations of RMD were restated and presented as discontinued operations in our consolidated statements 
of operations. Discontinued operations include the results of the RMD business except for certain corporate overhead costs and 
other allocations, which remain in continuing operations.  The costs we incurred to separate and spin-off the RMD business are 
included in our continuing operations and have been classified and reported as transaction costs, within operating expenses, on 
our consolidated statements of operations. Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes, related to RMD was $2.8 million for 
the year ended December 31, 2013. 

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012 

Each reporting period, we face currency exposure that arises from translating the results of our worldwide operations to 
the U.S. dollar at exchange rates that fluctuate from the beginning of such period. We evaluate our results of operations on both 
a reported and a foreign currency-neutral basis, which excludes the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. 
We  believe  that  disclosing  this  non-GAAP  financial  information  provides  investors  with  an  enhanced  understanding  of  the 
underlying operations of the business. This non-GAAP financial information approximates information used by our management 
to internally evaluate the operating results of the Company. The non-GAAP financial information provided below should be 
considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, the financial information provided and presented in accordance with GAAP. 

Revenues 

Revenues decreased $6.0 million, or 5.4%, to $105.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $111.2 
million for the same period in 2012.  Currency translation had a positive 0.2% effect on revenues for 2013 compared with 2012. 
Excluding the effects of currency translation, our revenues decreased 5.6% from the previous year. Weakness in North America 
due  to  the  U.S.  government  sequester  and  in  several  European  markets  (specifically  Spain,  Germany,  and  the  UK)  due  to 
continued  economic  uncertainty  and  government  budget  constraints,  as  well  as  a  decrease  in  revenues  associated  with  our 
distributor, GE Healthcare, contributed to the year over year decrease in revenues. 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
Reconciliation of Changes In Revenues Compared to  
the Same Period of the Prior Year 

For the Year Ended
December 31, 2013  

Growth (decline) ........................................................................................................................................     

Foreign exchange effect .............................................................................................................................     

Total revenue growth (decline) ..................................................................................................................     

-5.6%

0.2%

-5.4%

Cost of revenues 

Cost of revenues decreased $1.3 million, or 2.3%, to $57.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with 
$58.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Gross profit as a percentage of revenues decreased to 45.4% for the year 
ended  December  31,  2013  compared  with  47.1%  for  the  same  period  in  2012.  The  decline  in  margin  was  due  primarily  to 
inventory adjustments relating to discontinued and obsolete inventory and, lower sales volume and product mix. 

Sales and marketing expenses 

Sales and marketing expenses decreased $1.0 million, or 5.2%, to $17.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 
compared with $18.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily attributable to lower payroll 
related costs, lower commissions, lower travel expenses and lower advertising and promotional expenses. 

General and administrative expenses 

General and administrative expenses decreased $0.2 million, or 1.3%, to $17.9 million for the year ended December 31, 
2013  compared  with  $18.1  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012.  The  decrease  was  primarily  due  to  lower  stock 
compensation expense, partially offset by higher legal and consulting fees. 

Research and development expenses 

Research and development expenses were $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, a decrease of approximately 
$0.1 million, or 4.4%, compared with $4.3 million the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease was mainly due to lower 
project supplies and outside services. 

Amortization of intangible assets 

Amortization of intangible asset expenses was $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with $2.8 

million for the year ended December 31, 2012. 

Restructuring 

Restructuring  charges  increased  approximately  $1.9  million  to  $2.2  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013 
compared  with  $0.3  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012.  The  increase  was  primarily  due  to  a  company-wide 
restructuring plan we implemented during the year ended December 31, 2013. This plan realigned global operations and included 
a reduction of our workforce of approximately 13%, as well as the elimination of the position of Chief Operating Officer. 

HART transaction costs 

HART transaction costs, which consist of corporate transaction costs related to the separation and spin-off of HART, were 

$2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with $0.7 million for the same period in 2012. 

32 

  
  
 
  
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Other expense, net 

Other expense, net, was $1.1 million and $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 
Interest expense was $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to interest expense of $0.6 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in interest expense was primarily due to both higher average debt balances and 
interest rates in 2013 compared to the prior year.  Other expense, net for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, also 
included $0 and $0.3 million, respectively, of acquisition related expenses. 

Income taxes 

Income tax (benefit) expense from continuing operations was approximately $0.3 million benefit and $2.4 million expense 
for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The effective income tax rate from continuing operations was 
66.2% benefit for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared with 34.8% expense for the same period in 2012. The difference 
between our  effective  tax  rate  year  to  year was primarily  attributable  to increased  research  and  development  tax  credits  and 
pension  expense  benefits  in  2013  versus  2012,  an  increase  in  the  valuation  allowance  related  to  foreign  tax  credits  in  2012, 
partially offset by non-deductible costs related to the spin-off of HART in 2013. 

Discontinued Operations 

In September 2008, we completed the sale of assets of our Union Biometrica Division including our German subsidiary, 
Union Biometrica GmbH, representing the remaining portion of our Capital Equipment Business Segment, to UBIO Acquisition 
Company. The purchase price paid by UBIO Acquisition Company under the terms of the asset purchase agreement consisted of 
$1 in cash, the assumption of certain liabilities, plus additional consideration in the form of an earn-out based on the revenues 
generated by the acquired business as it was conducted by UBIO Acquisition Company over a five-year post-transaction period 
in an amount equal to (i) 5% of the revenues generated up to and including $6.0 million each year and (ii) 8% of the revenues 
generated  above $6.0  million  each  year.  Any  earn-out  amounts  were  evidenced  by  interest-bearing promissory  notes  due on 
September 30, 2013 or at an earlier date based on certain triggering events. During 2013, UBIO Acquisition Company made 
payments, including interest, of $1.8 million. UBIO Acquisition Company’s final payment under the earn-out obligation was 
received in October 2013.  Included in the loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes, is a gain on disposal related to the 
Union Biometrica earn-out of $0.3 million in 2013 compared to $0.8 million in 2012. 

On November 1, 2013, the previously announced spin-off of our Regenerative Medicine Device (“RMD”) business was 
completed. Through the spin-off date the historical operations of RMD were reported as continuing operations in our consolidated 
statements of operations. Following the spin-off, the historical operations of RMD were restated and presented as discontinued 
operations in our consolidated statements of operations. Discontinued operations include the results of the RMD business except 
for certain corporate overhead costs and other allocations, which remain in continuing operations.  The costs we incurred to 
separate  and  spin-off  the  RMD  business  are  included  in  our  continuing  operations  and  have  been  classified  and  reported  as 
transaction costs, within operating expenses, on our consolidated statements of operations. Loss from discontinued operations, 
net of taxes, related to RMD was $2.8 million in 2013 compared to $3.0 million in 2012. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Historically, we have financed our business through cash provided by operating activities, the issuance of common stock, 
and bank borrowings. Our liquidity requirements arise primarily from investing activities, including funding of acquisitions, and 
other capital expenditures.  As previously discussed, on October 1, 2014, we acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of 
two life science companies, MCS and TBSI, for approximately $12.7 million, net of cash acquired. We funded the acquisitions 
of MCS and TBSI from our existing cash balances and borrowings under our credit facility, respectively. Additionally, on January 
8, 2015, we acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of HEKA for approximately $6.0 million. We funded the acquisition 
from our existing cash balances. 

In  our  consolidated  statements  of  cash  flows,  we  have  elected  to  combine  the  cash  flows  from  both  continuing  and 
discontinued operations within each category, as allowed by FASB ASC 230 “Statement of Cash Flows”. Unless specifically 
noted otherwise, our discussion of our cash flows below refers to combined cash flows from both continuing and discontinued 
operations. 

As of December 31, 2014, we held cash and cash equivalents of $14.1 million, compared with $25.8 million at December 
31, 2013. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, we had $21.5 million and $24.8 million, respectively, of borrowings 
outstanding  under  our  credit  facility.  Total  debt,  net  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents  was  $7.4  million  at  December  31,  2014, 
compared to total cash and cash equivalents, net of debt of $1.0 million at December 31, 2013. In addition, we had an underfunded 
U.K. pension liability of approximately $4.4 million and $4.9 million at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. 

33 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, cash and cash equivalents held by our foreign subsidiaries was $12.7 
million and $23.6 million, respectively.  These funds are not available for domestic operations unless the funds are repatriated.  If 
we  planned  to  or  did  repatriate  these  funds,  then  U.S.  federal  and  state  income  taxes  would  have  to  be  recorded  on  such 
amounts.  We currently have no plans and do not intend to repatriate any of our undistributed foreign earnings. These balances 
are considered permanently reinvested and will be used for foreign items including foreign acquisitions, capital investments, 
pension obligations and operations. It is impracticable to estimate the total tax liability, if any, which would be created by the 
future distribution of these earnings. In October 2014, we acquired all the issued and outstanding shares of MCS, and utilized 
approximately $11.0 million of our foreign cash on hand. 

Overview of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 

2014 

     2013    
(in thousands) 

2012  

Cash flows from operations: 

Net income (loss) ...........................................................................................................   $
Changes in assets and liabilities.....................................................................................    
Other adjustments to operating cash flows ....................................................................    
Net cash provided by operating activities ..................................................................    

2,355    $ (1,830)  $
1,940    
(4,514)     
3,950    
6,510      
4,060    
4,351      

2,370 
256 
5,436 
8,062 

Investing activities: 

Additions to property, plant and equipment ..................................................................    
(2,005)     
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired .................................................................................     (12,653)     
1,141      
Other investing activities ...............................................................................................    
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities ....................................................     (13,517)     

(1,622)   
-    
1,793    
171    

(1,769)
(2,878)
(29)
(4,676)

Financing activities: 

Net (repayments of) proceeds from issuance of debt .....................................................    
Transfer of cash and cash equivalents to HART ............................................................    
Other financing activities ...............................................................................................    
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities ...................................................    

(3,300)      11,800    
-       (15,041)   
3,309    
68    

2,066      
(1,234)     

(3,350)
- 
2,287 
(1,063)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash ...........................................................................    

(1,237)     

791    

442 

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents .............................................................   $ (11,637)   $

5,090   $

2,765 

Our operating activities generated cash of $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, $4.1 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2013 and $8.1 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in cash flows from operations in 2014 
compared to 2013 was primarily due to higher net income for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the same period 
in 2013, partially offset by an increase in inventory for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the same period in 2013. 
The increase was the result of higher temporary inventory requirements necessary to relocate our Denville distribution business 
from New Jersey to North Carolina and the consolidation of our UK manufacturing operations with our Holliston, MA facility. 
The decrease in cash flows from operations in 2013 compared to 2012 was primarily due to lower net income year over year. 

Our investing activities used cash of $13.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2014, provided $0.2 million of 
cash for the year ended December 31, 2013, and used cash of $4.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. Investing 
activities during 2014, 2013 and 2012 included purchases of property, plant and equipment, proceeds from the sale of property, 
plant and equipment and expenditures for our catalogs. Unique to 2014 and 2012, investing activities included acquisitions net 
of cash acquired. Additionally, unique to 2013, investing activities included net cash proceeds from the sale of discontinued 
operations. In October 2014, we acquired MCS and TBSI for approximately $11.0 million and $1.7 million, net of cash acquired, 
respectively. In February 2012, we acquired AHN Biotechnologie GmbH (“AHN”) for approximately $2.0 million. In May 2012, 
we acquired Modular SFC for approximately $0.5 million. All of these payments were included in “Acquisitions, net of cash 
acquired” under investing activities. These acquisitions were funded from our existing cash balances and borrowings under our 
credit facility. During 2013, $1.8 million was received from UBI Acquisition Corp. pertaining to the proceeds from the sale of 
discontinued operations. Proceeds from the sale of property plant and equipment in 2014 were $1.1 million, and includes the 
proceeds from the sale of one of our United Kingdom facilities which was formerly classified as an asset held-for-sale. During 
2014, 2013 and 2012, capital expenditures were $2.0 million, $1.6 million and $1.8 million, respectively. Over the next several 
quarters, we expect that the pace of capital expenditures will accelerate due to the implementation of a new enterprise resource 
planning (“ERP”) platform across all of our locations, as well as the relocation of our Denville distribution business and UK 
manufacturing operations to North Carolina and Holliston, MA, respectively. 

34 

 
 
   
    
      
      
 
   
 
   
 
 
    
      
      
 
   
   
       
      
  
   
       
      
  
   
   
       
      
  
   
       
      
  
   
   
       
      
  
   
   
       
      
  
 
  
Our financing activities have historically consisted of borrowings and repayments under our revolving credit facility and 
term loans, payments of debt issuance costs, the issuance of common stock and, unique to 2013, the transfer of cash as part of 
the separation and spin-off of HART. During the year ended December 31, 2014, financing activities used cash of $1.2 million, 
provided  $0.1  million  of  cash  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013,  and  used  cash  of  $1.1  million  during  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2012.  During the year ended December 31, 2014, we borrowed $2.2 million under our credit facility to fund the 
acquisition of TBSI, repaid $5.5 million of debt under our credit facility and term loans and ended the year with $21.5 million of 
borrowings. Net proceeds from the issuance of common stock for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $2.1 million, which 
related to the exercise of stock options and the employee stock purchase plan. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we 
transferred approximately $15.0 million to fund HART’s operations in connection with the spin-off. Additionally, we borrowed 
$14.6 million and repaid $2.8 million of debt under our credit facility and term loans, and ended the year with $24.8 million of 
borrowings. Net proceeds from the issuance of common stock for 2013 were $3.6 million, which related to the exercise of stock 
options and the employee stock purchase plan. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we paid debt issuance costs of $0.3 
million. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we borrowed $0.5 million and repaid $3.9 million of debt under our credit 
facility. Net proceeds from the issuance of common stock for 2012 were $2.3 million. 

Borrowing Arrangements 

On August 7, 2009, we entered into an amended and restated $20.0 million revolving credit loan agreement with Bank of 
America, as agent, and Bank of America and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co as lenders (the “2009 Credit Agreement”). On 
September 30, 2011, we entered into the First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Loan Agreement (the 
“First Amendment”) with Bank of America as agent, and Bank of America and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co as lenders. The 
First Amendment extended the maturity date of our credit facility to August 7, 2013 and reduced the interest rate to the London 
Interbank Offered Rate plus 3.0%. On October 4, 2012, we entered into the Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated 
Revolving Credit Loan Agreement (the “Second Amendment”) with Bank of America as agent, and Bank of America and Brown 
Brothers Harriman & Co as lenders. The Second Amendment extended the maturity date of our credit facility to August 7, 2014. 

On March 29, 2013, we entered into a Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement (as amended, the 
“Credit Agreement”) with Bank of America, as agent, and Bank of America and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co as lenders, that 
amended and restated the 2009 Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement converted our existing outstanding revolving advances 
into a term loan in the principal amount of $15.0 million (the “Term Loan”), provided a revolving credit facility in the maximum 
principal  amount  of  $25.0  million  (“Revolving  Line”)  and  provided  a  delayed  draw  term  loan  of  up  to  $15.0  million  (the 
“DDTL”) to fund our capital contributions to HART.  The maximum amount available under the Credit Agreement is $50.0 
million as borrowings against the DDTL in excess of $10.0 million result in a dollar for dollar reduction in the Revolving Line 
capacity. The Revolving Line has a maturity date of March 29, 2016, while the Term Loan and DDTL have a maturity date of 
March 29, 2018. 

On October 31, 2013, we amended the Credit Agreement to reduce the DDTL from up to $15.0 million to up to $10.0 

million and allow for an additional $5.0 million to be available for drawing as advances under the Revolving Line. 

Borrowings under the Term Loan and the DDTL bear interest at a rate based on either the effective London Interbank 
Offered Rate (LIBOR) for certain interest periods selected by us, or a daily floating rate based on the British Bankers’ Association 
(BBA) LIBOR as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR), plus in 
either case, a margin of 3.0%. The Revolving Line bears interest at a rate based on either the effective LIBOR for certain interest 
periods selected by us, or a daily floating rate based on the BBA LIBOR, plus in either case, a margin of 2.5%. We were required 
to fix the rate of interest on at least 50% of the Term Loan and the DDTL through the purchase of interest rate swaps. The Term 
Loan and DDTL each have interest payments due at the end of the applicable LIBOR period, or monthly with respect to BBA 
LIBOR  borrowings,  and  principal  payments  due  quarterly.  The  Revolving  Line  has  interest  payments  due  at  the  end  of  the 
applicable LIBOR period, or monthly with respect to BBA LIBOR borrowings. 

At December 31, 2014, the weighted effective interest rates on the Term Loan, DDTL and Revolving Line borrowings 
were 3.96%, 3.55% and 2.67%, respectively. The Credit Agreement includes covenants relating to income, debt coverage and 
cash flow, as well as minimum working capital requirements. The Credit Agreement also contains limitations on our ability to 
incur  additional  indebtedness  and  requires  lender  approval  for  acquisitions  funded  with  cash,  promissory  notes  and/or  other 
consideration in excess of $6.0 million and for acquisitions funded solely with equity in excess of $10.0 million. As of December 
31, 2014, we were in compliance with all financial covenants contained in the Credit Agreement; we were subject to covenant 
and working capital borrowing restrictions, and had available borrowing capacity under the Credit Agreement of $11.8 million. 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Our forecast of the period of time through which our financial resources will be adequate to support our operations is a 
forward-looking statement that involves risks and uncertainties, and actual results could vary as a result of a number of factors. 
Based on our current operations and current operating plans, we expect that our available cash, cash generated from current 
operations  and  debt  capacity  will  be  sufficient  to  finance  current  operations,  any  potential  future  acquisitions  and  capital 
expenditures for the next 12 months and beyond. This may involve incurring additional debt or raising equity capital for our 
business. Additional capital raising activities will dilute the ownership interests of existing stockholders to the extent we raise 
capital by issuing equity securities and we cannot assure you that we will be successful in raising additional capital on favorable 
terms or at all. 

Contractual Obligations 

The  following  schedule  represents  our  contractual  obligations  for  our  continuing  operations,  excluding  interest,  as  of 

December 31, 2014. 

   Total

2015    

2016    

Bank credit facility and notes payable ...   $ 21,450   $
Operating leases .....................................      14,046    
Total .......................................................   $ 35,496   $

9,200   $
5,000   $
2,094    
1,603    
7,094   $ 10,803   $

2017    
(in thousands) 
5,000   $
1,579    
6,579   $

    2020 and 
     2019     Beyond  

2018 

-   $
2,250    $ 
1,550      
1,353    
3,800    $  1,353   $

- 
5,867 
5,867 

We  have  a  liability  at  December  31,  2014  and  2013  of  $0.3  million  and  $0.2  million,  respectively,  for  uncertain  tax 
positions taken in an income tax return. We do not know the ultimate resolution of these uncertain tax positions and as such, do 
not know the ultimate timing of payments related to this liability. Accordingly, this amount is not included in the above table. 

We have  an underfunded U.K. pension  liability  of  $4.4 million  and $4.9  million  as of  December 31, 2014  and  2013, 
respectively, which is recognized as part of the "Other long term liabilities" line item in our consolidated balance sheets. Since 
we do not know the ultimate timing of payments related to this liability, this amount has not been included in the above table. 

Critical Accounting Policies 

We believe that our critical accounting policies are as follows: 

revenue recognition; 
accounting for income taxes; 
inventory; 

(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2)  valuation of identifiable intangible assets in business combinations; 
(cid:2)  valuation of long-lived and intangible assets and goodwill; and 
(cid:2) 

stock-based compensation. 

Revenue recognition.     We follow the provisions of FASB ASC 605, “Revenue Recognition”. We recognize revenue of 
products when persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement exists, the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, delivery has 
occurred, and collectibility of the sales price is reasonably assured. Sales of some of our products include provisions to provide 
additional services such as installation and training. Revenues on these products are recognized when the additional services 
have  been  performed.  Service  agreements  on  our  equipment  are  typically  sold  separately  from  the  sale  of  the  equipment. 
Revenues on these service agreements are recognized ratably over the life of the agreement, typically one year, in accordance 
with the provisions of FASB ASC 605-20, “Revenue Recognition—Services”. 

We  account  for  shipping  and  handling  fees  and  costs  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  FASB  ASC  605-45-45, 
“Revenue Recognition—Principal Agent Considerations”, which requires all amounts charged to customers for shipping and 
handling  to  be  classified  as  revenues.  Our  costs  incurred  related  to  shipping  and  handling  are  classified  as  cost  of  product 
revenues. Warranties and product returns are estimated and accrued for at the time sales are recorded. We have no obligations to 
customers after the date products are shipped or installed, if applicable, other than pursuant to warranty obligations and service 
or maintenance contracts. We provide for the estimated amount of future returns upon shipment of products or installation, if 
applicable, based on historical experience. Historically, product returns and warranty costs have not been significant, and they 
have  been  within  our  expectations  and  the  provisions  established,  however,  there  is  no  assurance  that  we  will  continue  to 
experience the same return rates and warranty repair costs that we have in the past. Any significant increase in product return 
rates or a significant increase in the cost to repair our products could have a material adverse impact on our operating results for 
the period or periods in which such returns or increased costs materialize. 

36 

 
 
 
   
    
      
      
      
      
      
   
   
   
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
We make estimates evaluating our allowance for doubtful accounts. On an ongoing basis, we monitor collections and 
payments from our customers and maintain a provision for estimated credit losses based upon our historical experience and any 
specific customer collection issues that we have identified. Historically, such credit losses have not been significant, and they 
have  been  within  our  expectations  and  the  provisions  established,  however,  there  is  no  assurance  that  we  will  continue  to 
experience the same credit loss rates that we have in the past. A significant change in the liquidity or financial position of our 
customers could have a material adverse impact on the collectability of our accounts receivable and our future operating results. 

Accounting for income taxes.     We determine our annual income tax provision in each of the jurisdictions in which we 
operate. This involves determining our current and deferred income tax expense that reflects accounting for differences between 
the  financial  statement  carrying  amounts  of  existing  assets  and  liabilities  and  their  respective  tax  bases.  The  future  tax 
consequences attributable to these differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in our consolidated 
balance sheets. We assess the recoverability of the deferred tax assets by considering whether it is more likely than not that some 
portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. To the extent we believe that recovery does not meet this “more likely 
than not” standard as required in FASB ASC 740, “Income Taxes”, we must establish a valuation allowance. 

Management’s  judgment  and  estimates  are  required  in  determining  our  income  tax  provision,  deferred  tax  assets  and 
liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets. We review the recoverability of deferred tax assets 
during each reporting period by reviewing estimates of future taxable income, future reversals of existing taxable temporary 
differences, and tax planning strategies that would, if necessary, be implemented to realize the benefit of a deferred tax asset 
before expiration. At December 31, 2014, we have a valuation allowance of $2.4 million related to deferred tax assets in the U.S. 
and certain foreign and state jurisdictions. 

We assess tax positions taken on tax returns, including recognition of potential interest and penalties, in accordance with 
the recognition thresholds and measurement attributes outlined in FASB ASC 740. Interest and penalties recognized, if any, 
would be classified as a component of income tax expense. 

Inventory.          We  value  our  inventory  at  the  lower  of  the  actual  cost  to  purchase  (first-in,  first-out  method)  and/or 
manufacture the inventory or the current estimated market value of the inventory. We regularly review inventory quantities on 
hand and record a provision to write down excess and obsolete inventory to its estimated net realizable value if less than cost, 
based primarily on historical inventory usage and estimated forecast of product demand. Since forecasted product demand quite 
often is a function of previous and current demand, a significant decrease in demand could result in an increase in the charges 
for excess inventory quantities on hand. In addition, our industry is subject to technological change and new product development, 
and technological advances could result in an increase in the amount of obsolete inventory quantities on hand. Therefore, any 
significant unanticipated changes in demand or technological developments could have a significant adverse impact on the value 
of our inventory and our reported operating results. 

Valuation of identifiable intangible assets acquired in business combinations.    The determination of the fair value of 
intangible assets, which represents a significant portion of the purchase price in our acquisitions, requires the use of significant 
judgment with regard to (i) the fair value; and (ii) whether such intangibles are amortizable or not amortizable and, if the former, 
the period and the method by which the intangibles asset will be amortized. We estimate the fair value of acquisition-related 
intangible assets principally based on projections of cash flows that will arise from identifiable assets of acquired businesses. 
The projected cash flows are discounted to determine the present value of the assets at the dates of acquisitions. At December 
31, 2014, amortizable intangible assets include existing technology, trade names, distribution agreements, customer relationships 
and patents. These amortizable intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over 7 to 15 years, 10 to 15 years, 4 to 5 
years, 5 to 15 years and 5 to 15 years, respectively. 

Valuation of long-lived and intangible assets.     In accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC 360, “Property, Plant 
and Equipment”, we assess the value of identifiable intangibles with finite lives and long-lived assets for impairment whenever 
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors we consider important which 
could  trigger  an  impairment  review  include  the  following:  significant  underperformance  relative  to  expected  historical  or 
projected future operating results; significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our 
overall business; significant negative industry or economic trends; significant changes in who our competitors are and what they 
do; significant changes in our relationship with our distributors; significant decline in our stock price for a sustained period; and 
our market capitalization relative to net book value. 

If  we  were  to  determine  that  the  value  of  long-lived  assets  and  identifiable  intangible  assets  with  finite  lives  was  not 
recoverable based on the existence of one or more of the aforementioned factors, then the recoverability of those assets to be 
held and used would be measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of those assets to undiscounted future net cash flows 
before tax effects expected to be generated by those assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be 
recognized would be measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. 

37 

 
 
 
 
  
   
 
Goodwill  and  Other  Intangible  Assets.          FASB  ASC  350,  “Intangibles-Goodwill  and  Others”  addresses  financial 
accounting and reporting for acquired goodwill and other intangible assets. Among other things, FASB ASC 350 requires that 
goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives no longer be amortized, but rather tested annually for impairment or 
more  frequently  if  events  or  circumstances  indicate  that  there  may  be  impairment.  Goodwill  is  also  subject  to  an  annual 
impairment  test,  or  more  frequently,  if  indicators  of  potential  impairment  arise.  ASU  2011-08  intends  to  simplify  goodwill 
impairment testing by permitting an assessment of qualitative factors to determine when events and circumstances lead to the 
conclusion that it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test required under ASC 350. The two-step goodwill 
impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of our reporting units with their carrying amount. If the carrying amount 
exceeds its fair value, we are required to perform the second step of the impairment test, as this is an indication that goodwill 
may be impaired. The impairment loss is measured by comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with its 
carrying amount. If the carrying amount exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment loss shall be recognized in an amount 
equal to the excess. After an impairment loss is recognized, the adjusted carrying amount of the intangible asset shall be its new 
accounting basis. Subsequent reversal of a previously recognized impairment loss is prohibited. For unamortizable intangible 
assets, if the carrying amount were to exceed the fair value of the asset we would write down the unamortizable intangible asset 
to fair value. 

For the purpose of its goodwill analysis, and following the spin-off of HART, we have one reporting unit. We conducted 
our annual impairment analysis in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2014. The determination of the fair value of the reporting unit 
requires us to make a significant estimate on control premiums appropriate of industries in which we compete. We compared our 
carrying value to our overall market capitalization. 

The results of our test for goodwill impairment showed that the estimated fair value of our business substantially exceeded 
its  carrying  value.  We  concluded  that  none  of  our  goodwill  was  impaired.    We  also  concluded  that  the  fair  value  of  the 
unamortized intangible assets significantly exceeds the carrying amounts. 

Stock-based compensation.     We account for stock-based payment awards in accordance with the provisions of FASB 
ASC 718,  “Compensation—Stock  Compensation”, which requires  us  to recognize  compensation  expense for  all  stock-based 
payment awards made to employees and directors including stock options, restricted stock units and employee stock purchases 
(“employee stock purchases”) related to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). We issue new shares upon stock option 
exercises, upon the vesting of restricted stock units and under our ESPP. 

FASB ASC 718 requires companies to estimate the fair value of stock-based payment awards on the date of grant using 
an option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over 
the requisite service periods in our consolidated statement of operations. Stock-based compensation expense has been reduced 
for estimated forfeitures. FASB ASC 718 requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in 
subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. 

We  value  stock-based  payment  awards,  except  restricted  stock  awards,  at  grant  date  using  the  Black-Scholes  option-
pricing model. Our determination of fair value of stock-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model 
is affected by our stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These 
variables include, but are not limited to our expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards and actual and projected 
stock option exercise behaviors. 

The fair value of restricted stock units are based on the market price of our common stock on the date of grant and are 
recorded as compensation expense ratably over the applicable service period, which ranges from one to four years. Unvested 
restricted stock units are forfeited in the event of termination of employment or engagement with our Company. 

We record stock compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for all awards granted. 

Impact of Foreign Currencies 

Our international operations in some instances operate in a natural hedge as we sell our products in many countries and a 
substantial  portion  of  our  revenues,  costs  and  expenses  are  denominated  in  foreign  currencies,  especially  the  British  pound 
sterling, the Euro and the Swedish krona. 

During 2014, the U.S dollar’s weakening in relation to those currencies resulted in a favorable translation effect on our 
consolidated revenues and a favorable effect on our earnings growth. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates resulted in a 
favorable effect on revenues of $1.0 million and an unfavorable effect on expenses of $0.8 million. During 2013, the U.S dollar’s 
weakening in relation to those currencies resulted in a favorable translation effect on our consolidated revenues and a neutral  

38 

 
 
 
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
effect on our earnings growth. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates resulted in a favorable effect on revenues of $0.2 
million and negative effect on expenses of $0.2 million. During 2012, the U.S dollar’s strengthening in relation to those currencies 
resulted in an unfavorable translation effect on our consolidated revenues and earnings growth. Changes in foreign currency 
exchange rates resulted in a negative effect on revenues of $1.2 million and positive effect on expenses of $1.1 million. 

The loss associated with the translation of foreign equity into U.S. dollars included as a component of comprehensive 
income, was approximately $5.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to gains of $1.6 million and $1.9 
million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In addition, currency exchange rate fluctuations included 
as a component of net income resulted in approximately $0.2 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million in foreign currency losses 
during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

The U.S. dollar was stronger on December 31, 2014 against the British pound, the Euro and the Swedish krona compared 
with the rates at December 31, 2013. The stronger U.S. dollar has caused our foreign net assets to translate to a lower value, 
stated  in  U.S.  dollars,  which  has  a  negative  effect  on  our  Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Income,  a  component  of 
Stockholders’ Equity. At December 31, 2013, our Stockholders’ Equity was lower by $5.9 million as compared to the value at 
December 31, 2013, due to the translation of foreign net assets based on a stronger dollar. 

The U.S. dollar was weaker on December 31, 2013 against the British pound, the Euro and the Swedish krona compared 
with the rates at December 31, 2012. The weaker U.S. dollar has caused our foreign net assets to translate to a higher value, 
stated  in  U.S.  dollars,  which  has  a  positive  effect  on  our  Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Income,  a  component  of 
Stockholders’ Equity. At December 31, 2013, our Stockholders’ Equity was higher by $1.6 million as compared to the value at 
December 31, 2012, due to the translation of foreign net assets based on a weaker dollar. 

The U.S. dollar was weaker on December 31, 2012 against the British pound, the Euro and the Swedish krona compared 
with the rates at December 31, 2011. The weaker U.S. dollar caused our foreign net assets to translate to a higher value, stated 
in U.S. dollars, which had a positive effect on our Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, a component of Stockholders’ 
Equity. At December 31, 2012, our Stockholders’ Equity was higher by $1.9 million as compared to the value at December 31, 
2011, due to the translation of foreign net assets based on a weaker dollar. 

Subsequent to the end of 2014 and through March 6, 2015, the U.S. dollar strengthened approximately 1.8%, 9.1% and 
6.5% against the British pound, the Euro and the Swedish krona, respectively. Approximately 38% of our revenues are derived 
from business transacted in British pounds, Euros or Swedish kronas.  If the U.S. dollar strengthens against these currencies, our 
earnings and cash flows, stated in U.S. dollars, will be affected negatively. 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-09, 
“Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” a new accounting standard that provides for a comprehensive model to use in the 
accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers that will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in 
U.S. GAAP. Under this standard, revenue will be recognized to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers 
in an  amount  that reflects  the  consideration to which  we  expect  to be  entitled  in  exchange for  those goods  or  services. This 
standard  will  be  effective  as  of  the  beginning  of  our  2017  fiscal  year.  We  are  assessing  the  new  standard  and  have  not  yet 
determined the impact to our consolidated financial statements. 

Impact of Inflation 

We believe that our revenues and results of operations have not been significantly impacted by inflation during the past 

three years. 

Item 7A. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

The majority of our manufacturing and testing of products occurs in our facilities in the United States, the United Kingdom, 
Germany, Sweden and Spain. We sell our products globally through our direct catalog sales, our websites, direct sales force and 
indirect distributor channels. As a result, our financial results are affected by factors such as changes in foreign currency exchange 
rates and weak economic conditions in foreign markets. 

We collect amounts representing a substantial portion of our revenues and pay amounts representing a substantial portion 
of our operating expenses in foreign currencies. As a result, changes in currency exchange rates from time to time may affect our 
operating results. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates primarily through our financing activities. As of December 
31, 2014, we had $21.5 million outstanding under our Credit Agreement.  The purpose of the Credit Agreement was to convert 
our existing outstanding revolving advances into a Term Loan in the principal amount of $15.0 million, provide a Revolving 
Line facility in the maximum principal amount of $25.0 million, and provide a DDTL of up to $10.0 million, reduced from $15.0 
million as discussed below, to fund capital contributions to our subsidiary, HART. The Revolving Line has a maturity date of 
March 29, 2016, while the Term Loan and DDTL have a maturity date of March 29, 2018.  On October 31, 2013, we amended 
the Credit Agreement to reduce the DDTL from up to $15.0 million to up to $10.0 million and allow for an additional $5.0 
million to be available for drawing as advances under the Revolving Line. 

Borrowings under the Term Loan and the DDTL shall bear interest at a rate based on either the effective London Interbank 
Offered Rate (LIBOR) for certain interest periods selected by us, or a daily floating rate based on the BBA LIBOR as published 
by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR), plus in either case, a margin of 3.0%. 
The Revolving Line shall bear interest at a rate based on either the effective LIBOR for certain interest periods selected by us, 
or a daily floating rate based on the BBA LIBOR, plus in either case, a margin of 2.5%.  We were required to fix the rate of 
interest on at least 50% of the Term Loan and the DDTL through the purchase of an interest rate swap. The Term Loan and 
DDTL each have interest payments due at the end of the applicable LIBOR period, or monthly with respect to BBA LIBOR 
borrowings, and principal payments are due quarterly. The Revolving Line has interest payments due at the end of the applicable 
LIBOR period, or monthly with respect to BBA LIBOR borrowings. Effective June 5, 2013, we entered into an interest rate swap 
contract with an original notional amount of $15.0 million and a maturity date of March 29, 2018 in order to hedge the risk of 
changes in the effective benchmark interest rate (LIBOR) associated with our Term Loan. The swap contract converted specific 
variable-rate debt into fixed-rate debt and fixed LIBOR associated with the Term Loan at 0.96% plus a bank margin of 3.0%. 
Effective November 29, 2013, we entered into a second interest rate swap contract with an original notional amount of $5.0 
million and a maturity date of March 29, 2018 in order to hedge the risk of changes in LIBOR associated with a portion of our 
DDTL. The swap contract converted specific variable-rate debt into fixed rate debt and fixed LIBOR associated with half of the 
DDTL amount at 0.93% plus a bank margin of 3.0%. The notional amount of our derivative instruments as of December 31, 
2014 was $13.5 million. These swap contracts were associated with reducing or eliminating interest rate risk and were designated 
as cash flow hedge instruments in accordance with ASC 815.  We use interest-rate-related derivative instruments to manage our 
exposure related to changes in interest rates on our variable-rate debt instruments. We do not enter into derivative instruments 
for any purpose other than cash flow hedging and we do not speculate using derivative instruments. 

As of December 31, 2014, the weighted effective interest rates on our Term Loan , DDTL and Revolving Line borrowings 
were 3.96%, 3.55% and 2.67%, respectively. Assuming no other changes which would affect the margin of the interest rate under 
our Term Loan, DDTL and Revolving Line, the effect of interest rate fluctuations on outstanding borrowings under our Credit 
Agreement as of December 31, 2014 over the next twelve months is quantified and summarized as follows: 

If compared to the rate as of December 31, 2014

Interest expense  
increase
(in thousands) 

Interest rates increase by 1% ........................................................................................................................   $ 
Interest rates increase by 2% ........................................................................................................................   $ 

80 
159 

Item  8. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

The information required by this item is contained in the consolidated financial statements filed as part of this Annual 

Report on Form 10-K are listed under Item 15 of Part IV below. 

Item  9. 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure. 

None. 

Item  9A. 

Controls and Procedures. 

This Report includes the certifications of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-
14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). See Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2. This Item 9A includes 
information concerning the controls and control evaluations referred to in those certifications. 

40 

 
  
 
  
 
   
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
(a)           Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) are designed 
to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, 
summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and that such information is accumulated 
and  communicated  to  management,  including  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  the  Chief  Financial  Officer,  to  allow  timely 
decisions regarding required disclosures. 

In connection with the preparation of this Annual Report on the Form 10-K, our management, under the supervision and 
with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness 
of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2014. Our disclosure controls and 
procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we 
file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the 
Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and our management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in 
evaluating  and  implementing  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures.  Based  upon  the  evaluation  described  above,  our  Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that they believe that our disclosure controls and procedures were 
effective, as of the end of the period covered by this report, in providing reasonable assurance that information required to be 
disclosed  by  us  in  the  reports  that  we  file  or  submit  under  the  Exchange  Act  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  our 
management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required 
disclosures, and is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange 
Commission’s rules and forms. 

(b)           Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

Our management, under the supervision of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for 
establishing  and  maintaining  an  adequate  system  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  Internal  control  over  financial 
reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d(f) under the Exchange Act) is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). 

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (a)  pertain  to  the 
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; 
(b)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  consolidated  financial 
statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, (c) provide reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures are being made only 
in accordance with appropriate authorization of management and the board of directors, and (d) provide reasonable assurance 
regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material 
effect on the consolidated financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In connection with the preparation of this report, our management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our 
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated 
Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). As a result of 
that evaluation, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 
2014. 

Management excluded from its assessment of the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting 
as of December 31, 2014, MCS’s and TBSI’s internal control over financial reporting associated with total assets of $15.4 million 
(of which $9.9 million represents goodwill and intangibles included within the scope of the assessment) and total revenues of 
$2.5 million in the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014. 

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 has also been audited by KPMG 

LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is included below in Item 9A(d). 

41 

 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)           Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting 

Our management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated 
whether any change in our internal control over financial reporting occurred during the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2014. 
Based on that evaluation, management concluded that there were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting 
during the quarter ended December 31, 2014 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal 
controls over financial reporting. 

42 

 
 
 
(d)           Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Harvard Bioscience, Inc.: 

We have audited Harvard Bioscience, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria 
established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the 
Treadway Commission (COSO). Harvard Bioscience, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control 
over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the 
accompanying “Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.” Our responsibility is to express 
an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). 
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control 
over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control 
over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating 
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we 
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that 
(1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions 
of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation 
of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the 
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide 
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also, 
projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, Harvard Bioscience, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting 
as  of  December  31,  2014,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  (1992)  issued  by  the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). 

Harvard  Bioscience,  Inc.  acquired  MCS  and  TBSI  during  2014,  and  management  excluded  from  its  assessment  of  the 
effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, MCS’s and TBSI’s internal 
control  over  financial  reporting  associated  with  total  assets  of  $15.4  million  (of  which  $9.9  million  represents  goodwill  and 
intangibles included within the scope of the assessment) and total revenues of $2.5 million in the consolidated financial statements 
of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the 
Company also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of MCS and TBSI. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 
consolidated balance sheets of Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related 
consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years 
in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014, and our report dated March 12, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion on 
those consolidated financial statements. 

Boston, Massachusetts 
March 12, 2015 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

43 

  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
   
  
 
 
Item 9B. 

Other Information. 

None. 

Item  10. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

PART III 

Incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange 
Act, in connection with our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Information concerning executive officers of our Company 
is  included  in  Part  I  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  as  Item  1.  Business-  Executive  Officers  of  the  Registrant  and 
incorporated herein by reference. 

Item  11. 

Executive Compensation. 

Incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange 

Act in connection with our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

Item  12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

Incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange 

Act in connection with our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

Item  13. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence. 

Incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange 

Act in connection with our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

Item  14. 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

Incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange 

Act in connection with our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

44 

 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
Item 15. 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Documents Filed. The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or incorporated by reference 
as indicated: 

1  Financial Statements. The consolidated financial statements of Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and its subsidiaries filed

under this Item 15: 

Page

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements .................................................................................................................  F-1 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ..........................................................................................  F-2 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 ................................................................................  F-3 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 ................................  F-4 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012  F-5 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 ...............  F-6 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 ..............................  F-7 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .................................................................................................................  F-8 

2  Exhibits and Exhibit Index. See the Exhibit Index included as the last part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, 

which is incorporated herein by reference. 

45 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

HARVARD BIOSCIENCE, INC.

Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm..............................................................................................  F-2 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 ....................................................................................  F-3 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 ...................................  F-4 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 ....  F-5 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 ...................  F-6 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 ..................................  F-7 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .....................................................................................................................  F-8 

F-1 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Harvard Bioscience, Inc.: 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as 
of  December  31,  2014  and  2013,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  comprehensive  (loss)  income, 
stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014. These consolidated 
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these 
consolidated financial statements based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). 
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements 
are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures 
in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by 
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable 
basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position 
of Harvard Bioscience, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each 
of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), 
Harvard Bioscience, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in 
Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  (1992)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission  (COSO),  and  our  report  dated  March  12,  2015  expressed  an  unqualified  opinion  on  the  effectiveness  of  the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

Boston, Massachusetts 
March 12, 2015 

F-2 

 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
  
 
 
HARVARD BIOSCIENCE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 December 31,  December 31, 

2014 

2013

Assets 
Current assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents .........................................................................................................  $ 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $328 and $358, respectively .    
Inventories .................................................................................................................................    
Deferred income tax assets – current.........................................................................................    
Other receivables and other assets .............................................................................................    
Total current assets ................................................................................................................    

Property, plant and equipment, net ...............................................................................................    
Deferred income tax assets - non-current .....................................................................................    
Amortizable intangible assets, net ................................................................................................    
Goodwill .......................................................................................................................................    
Indefinite lived intangible assets ...................................................................................................    
Other assets ...................................................................................................................................    
Total assets ....................................................................................................................................  $ 

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity 
Current liabilities: 

Current portion, long-term debt .................................................................................................  $ 
Accounts payable ......................................................................................................................    
Deferred revenue .......................................................................................................................    
Accrued income taxes ...............................................................................................................    
Accrued expenses ......................................................................................................................    
Deferred income tax liabilities – current ...................................................................................    
Other liabilities – current ...........................................................................................................    
Total current liabilities ...........................................................................................................    

Long-term debt, less current installments .....................................................................................    
Deferred income tax liabilities - non-current ................................................................................    
Other long term liabilities .............................................................................................................    
Total liabilities ..............................................................................................................................    

14,134  $
16,141   
20,531   
1,515   
4,742   
57,063   

5,190   
11,056   
21,153   
39,822   
1,252   
380   
135,916  $

5,000  $
6,294   
655   
554   
4,452   
121   
1,023   
18,099   

16,450   
1,325   
4,574   
40,448   

25,771 
13,884 
15,777 
1,547 
3,771 
60,750 

4,375 
13,116 
19,009 
36,605 
1,289 
316 
135,460 

5,000 
4,682 
640 
99 
5,078 
- 
586 
16,085 

19,750 
160 
4,980 
40,975 

Commitments and contingencies 

Stockholders' equity: 

Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, 5,000,000 shares authorized ..................................    
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 80,000,000 shares authorized; 40,308,763 and 

39,384,974 shares issued and 32,563,256 and 31,639,467 shares outstanding, respectively .    
Additional paid-in-capital .........................................................................................................    
Accumulated deficit ..................................................................................................................    
Accumulated other comprehensive loss ....................................................................................    
Treasury stock at cost, 7,745,507 common shares ....................................................................    
Total stockholders' equity ......................................................................................................    
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity .......................................................................................  $ 

-   

- 

397   
206,656   
(92,684)  
(8,233)  
(10,668)  
95,468   
135,916  $

390 
202,446 
(95,039)
(2,644)
(10,668)
94,485 
135,460 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-3 

  
   
   
 
  
 
   
    
 
   
    
 
   
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
   
    
  
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
   
    
  
  
  
 
 
HARVARD BIOSCIENCE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per share data)

Year Ended December 31,
2013 

2014

2012

Revenues ......................................................................................................................  $
Cost of revenues (exclusive of items shown separately below) ...................................   
Gross profit ................................................................................................................   

108,663     $ 105,171   $ 111,171 
58,831 
59,319       
52,340 
49,344       

57,475    
47,696    

Sales and marketing expenses ......................................................................................   
General and administrative expenses ...........................................................................   
Research and development expenses ...........................................................................   
Restructuring charges ..................................................................................................   
Amortization of intangible assets .................................................................................   
HART transaction costs ...............................................................................................   
Gain on sale of assets, net ............................................................................................   
Total operating expenses, net ....................................................................................   

18,225       
16,826       
4,880       
1,027       
2,578       
-       
(810)      
42,726       

17,330    
17,887    
4,154    
2,150    
2,590    
2,048    
-    
46,159    

18,287 
18,121 
4,344 
310 
2,752 
696 
- 
44,510 

Operating income .........................................................................................................   

6,618       

1,537    

7,830 

Other (expense) income: 

Foreign exchange ......................................................................................................   
Interest expense .........................................................................................................   
Interest income ..........................................................................................................   
Other expense, net .....................................................................................................   
Other expense, net........................................................................................................   

Income from continuing operations before income taxes ............................................   
Income tax expense (benefit) .......................................................................................   
Income from continuing operations .............................................................................   
Discontinued operations: 

(150)      
(990)      
74       
(1,135)      
(2,201)      

4,417       
2,062       
2,355       

(139)   
(955)   
43    
(51)   
(1,102)   

435    
(288)   
723    

(113)
(584)
46 
(287)
(938)

6,892 
2,398 
4,494 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax ...........................................................   
Net income (loss) .........................................................................................................  $

-       
2,355     $

(2,553)   
(1,830)  $

(2,124)
2,370 

Earnings (loss) per share: 

Basic earnings per common share from continuing operations .................................  $
Discontinued operations ............................................................................................   
Basic earnings (loss) per common share ...................................................................  $

Diluted earnings per common share from continuing operations ..............................  $
Discontinued operations ............................................................................................   
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share ................................................................  $

0.07     $
-       
0.07     $

0.07     $
-       
0.07     $

0.02   $
(0.08)   
(0.06)  $

0.02   $
(0.08)   
(0.06)  $

0.16 
(0.07)
0.09 

0.15 
(0.07)
0.08 

Weighted average common shares: 

Basic ..........................................................................................................................   
Diluted .......................................................................................................................   

32,171       
33,237       

30,384    
31,914    

28,799 
29,793 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-4 

  
   
 
 
   
 
    
   
 
   
    
      
      
 
   
   
       
      
  
   
   
       
      
  
   
   
       
      
  
   
       
      
  
   
   
       
      
  
   
       
      
  
   
   
       
      
  
   
       
      
  
   
   
       
      
  
   
   
       
      
  
   
       
      
  
  
  
 
 
HARVARD BIOSCIENCE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME 
(In thousands)

Year Ended December 31,
     2013    
2014 

2012  

2,355    $  (1,830)  $

2,370 

(5,941)     

1,573    

1,863 

(99)     

(116)   

- 

- 
- 

Net income (loss) ..................................................................................................................  $
Other comprehensive (loss) income: 
Foreign currency translation adjustments .............................................................................   
Derivatives qualifying as hedges, net of tax: 

Loss on derivative instruments designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges .............   
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to net income 

(loss) ............................................................................................................................   
Derivatives qualifying as hedges, net of tax ......................................................................   

130      
31      

67    
(49)   

Defined benefit pension plans, net of tax: 

Amortization of net losses included in net periodic pension costs, net of tax expense 

of $52, $62 and $57 in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively ..........................................   

207      

243    

191 

Net gain (loss), net of tax expense (benefits) of $29, $115 and ($357) in 2014, 2013 

114      
and 2012, respectively .................................................................................................   
321      
Defined benefit pension plans, net of tax ..........................................................................   
Other comprehensive (loss) income ......................................................................................   
(5,589)     
Comprehensive (loss) income ...............................................................................................  $ (3,234)   $ 

452    
695    
2,219    
389   $

(1,195)
(1,004)
859 
3,229 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-5 

  
   
 
 
   
 
   
    
      
      
 
   
    
      
      
 
   
       
      
  
   
       
      
  
   
       
      
  
  
  
 
 
HARVARD BIOSCIENCE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 
(In thousands)

  Number      
of 

  Additional    

  Accumulated       
Other

Total

  Shares     Common  Paid-in   Accumulated  Comprehensive    Treasury  Stockholders’ 
  Issued      Stock   Capital

  Income (Loss)     Stock 

   Deficit

Equity

95,499 
2,117 
192 

- 
(145)

3,321 
2,370 

859 
104,213 
4,051 
194 

- 
(1,083)
(15,949)

2,670 
(1,830)

2,219 
94,485 
2,160 
228 

- 
(327)

2,156 
2,355 
(5,589)
95,468 

Balance at December 31, 2011     36,289   $ 
648     
60     

Stock option exercises .........    
Stock purchase plan .............    
Vesting of restricted stock 

units .................................    
Shares withheld for taxes ....    
Stock compensation 

expense ............................    
Net income ..........................    
Other comprehensive 

164     
(37)    

-     
-     

income .............................    

-     
Balance at December 31, 2012     37,124     
2,135     
57     

Stock option exercises .........    
Stock purchase plan .............    
Vesting of restricted stock 

units .................................    
Shares withheld for taxes ....    
Distribution to HART..........    
Stock compensation 

expense ............................    
Net loss ................................    
Other comprehensive 

282     
(213)    
-     

-     
-     

income .............................    

-     
Balance at December 31, 2013     39,385     
695     
58     

Stock option exercises .........    
Stock purchase plan .............    
Vesting of restricted stock 

362  $ 191,157  $
2,110   
191   

7   
1   

(79,630) $
-    
-    

(5,722 ) $  (10,668) $
-   
-   

-      
-      

-   
-   

-   
-   

-   
(145)  

3,321   
-   

-   
370   
20   
-   

-   
196,634   
4,031   
194   

-   
-   
-   

-   
-   

-   
(1,083)  
-   

2,670   
-   

-   
390   
7   
-   

-   
202,446   
2,153   
228   

-    
-    

-    
2,370    

-    
(77,260)   
-    
-    

-    
-    
(15,949)   

-    
(1,830)   

-    
(95,039)   
-    
-    

-      
-      

-      
-      

-   
-   

-   
-   

859      

-   
(4,863 )    (10,668)  
-   
-   

-      
-      

-      
-      
-      

-      
-      

-   
-   
-   

-   
-   

2,219      
-   
(2,644 )    (10,668)  
-   
-   

-      
-      

units .................................    
Shares withheld for taxes ....    
Stock compensation 

233     
(62)    

-   
-   

-   
(327)  

-    
-    

-      
-      

-   
-   

expense ............................    
Net income ..........................    
Other comprehensive loss ...    

-     
-     
-     
Balance at December 31, 2014     40,309   $ 

-   
-   
-   

2,156   
-   
-   
397  $ 206,656  $

-    
2,355    
-    
(92,684) $

-   
-      
-   
-      
(5,589 )   
-   
(8,233 ) $  (10,668) $

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-6 

  
   
    
    
    
 
   
 
     
 
     
  
 
   
   
  
 
  
  
 
 
HARVARD BIOSCIENCE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

Year Ended December 31,
2013 

2012

2014

Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net income (loss) ...............................................................................................   $
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating 

2,355  

 $ 

(1,830)

 $

2,370 

activities: 
Stock compensation expense ..........................................................................    
Depreciation ...................................................................................................    
Earn-out related to discontinued operations ...................................................    
Gain on sale of assets, net ...............................................................................    
Non-cash restructuring (credit) .......................................................................    
Amortization of catalog costs .........................................................................    
(Recovery) provision for allowance for doubtful accounts ............................    
Amortization of intangible assets ...................................................................    
Amortization of deferred financing costs .......................................................    
Deferred income taxes ....................................................................................    
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable ...................................................    
(Increase) decrease in inventories ................................................................    
Increase in other receivables and other assets ..............................................    
Increase (decrease) in trade accounts payable ..............................................    
(Decrease) increase in accrued income taxes ...............................................    
(Decrease) increase in accrued expenses ......................................................    
Increase (decrease) in deferred revenue .......................................................    
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities .........................................................    
Net cash provided by operating activities ...........................................    

2,156  
1,253  
-  
(810)     
(120)     
47  
(67)     

2,578  
61  
1,412  

(735)     
(3,056)     
(370)     
1,069  
(269)     
(345)     
28      
(836)     
4,351  

Cash flows (used in) provided by investing activities: 

Additions to property, plant and equipment .......................................................    
Additions to catalog costs ..................................................................................    
Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations ..................................................    
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment .......................................    
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired ......................................................................    
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities ........................................    

(2,005)     
-  
-  
1,141  
(12,653)     
(13,517)     

Cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities: 

Proceeds from issuance of debt ..........................................................................    
Repayments of debt ............................................................................................    
Transfer of cash and cash equivalents to HART ................................................    
Payments of debt issuance costs .........................................................................    
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock ...................................................    
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities ........................................    

2,200  
(5,500)     
-  
-  
2,066  
(1,234)     

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash ...............................................................    
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents ..................................................    
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of period ...........................................    
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of period ......................................................   $

(1,237)     
(11,637)     
25,771  
14,134  

 $ 

2,670 
1,298 
(440)
- 
(46)
101 
172 
2,590 
46 
(2,441)

436 
1,921 
(1,020)
(41)
323 
847 
146 
(672)
4,060 

(1,622)
(57)
1,784 
66 
- 
171 

14,550 
(2,750)
(15,041)
(312)
3,621 
68 

791 
5,090 
20,681 
25,771 

3,321 
1,270 
(1,344)
(24)
(13)
184 
(31)
2,752 
52 
(731)

1,154 
1,174 
(925)
(905)
213 
(485)
(48)
78 
8,062 

(1,769)
(62)
- 
33 
(2,878)
(4,676)

500 
(3,850)
- 
- 
2,287 
(1,063)

442 
2,765 
17,916 
20,681 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: 

Cash paid for interest ..........................................................................................   $
Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds ........................................................   $

997  
843  

 $ 
 $ 

892 
1,479 

577 
1,519 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-7 

  
   
 
 
   
 
     
   
 
    
        
      
 
   
         
      
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
         
      
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
   
         
      
  
   
         
      
  
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
         
      
  
   
         
      
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
         
      
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
         
      
  
   
         
      
  
  
  
  
 
 
HARVARD BIOSCIENCE, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1.  Organization 

Harvard Bioscience, Inc. ( “Harvard Bioscience” or “the Company”) is a global developer, manufacturer and marketer of 
a  broad  range  of  scientific  instruments,  systems  and  lab  consumables  used  to  advance  life  science  for  basic  research,  drug 
discovery, clinical and environmental testing. The Company’s products are sold to thousands of researchers in over 100 countries 
through  its  global  sales  organization,  catalogs,  websites,  and  through  distributors  including  GE  Healthcare,  Thermo  Fisher 
Scientific Inc., VWR and other specialized distributors. The Company has sales and manufacturing operations in the United 
States, the United Kingdom, Germany, Sweden, Spain, France, Canada and China. . 

2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(a)  Principles of Consolidation 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. 

All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

(b) Use of Estimates 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States 
requires the use of management estimates. Such estimates include the determination and establishment of certain accruals and 
provisions, including those for inventory obsolescence, catalog cost amortization periods, income tax and reserves for bad debts. 
In addition, certain estimates are required in order to determine the value of assets and liabilities associated with acquisitions. 
Estimates  are  also  required  to  evaluate  the  value  and  recoverability  of  existing  long-lived  and  intangible  assets,  including 
goodwill. On an ongoing basis, the Company reviews its estimates based upon currently available information. Actual results 
could differ materially from those estimates. 

(c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 

For purposes of the consolidated balance sheets and statements of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid 

instruments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. 

(d) Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

Allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  based  on  the  Company’s  assessment  of  collectability  of  customer  accounts.  The 
Company regularly reviews the allowance by considering factors such as historical experience, credit quality, age of the accounts 
receivable balances and other factors that may affect a customer’s ability to pay. 

(e) Inventories 

The  Company  values  its  inventories  at  the  lower  of  the  actual  cost  to  purchase  (first-in,  first-out  method)  and/or 
manufacture the inventories or the current estimated market value of the inventories. The Company regularly reviews inventory 
quantities on hand and records a provision to write down excess and obsolete inventories to its estimated net realizable value if 
less than cost, based primarily on historical inventory usage and estimated forecast of product demand. 

(f)  Property, Plant and Equipment 

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful 

lives of the assets as follows: 

Buildings ...........................................................................   
Machinery and equipment ................................................. 
Computer equipment and software .................................... 
Furniture and fixtures ........................................................ 
Automobiles ...................................................................... 

3
3
5
3

  40    years 
- 10    years 
- 7     years 
- 10    years 
- 6     years 

F-8 

  
 
  
      
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Property and equipment held under capital leases and leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight line method 

over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life of the asset. 

(g) Catalog Costs 

Significant costs of product catalog design, development and production are capitalized and amortized over the expected 

useful life of the catalog (usually one to three years). 

(h)  Income Taxes 

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for 
the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and 
liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to be 
applied to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect 
on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment 
date. 

The  Company  recognizes  the  effect  of  income  tax  positions  only  if  those  positions  are  more  likely  than  not  of  being 
sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized. 
Changes in recognition are reflected in the period in which the judgement occurs. 

(i)  Foreign Currency Translation 

The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is generally their local currency. All assets and liabilities 
of its foreign subsidiaries are translated at exchange rates in effect at period-end. Income and expenses are translated at rates 
which  approximate  those  in  effect  on  the  transaction  dates.  The  resulting  translation  adjustment  is  recorded  as  a  separate 
component of stockholders’ equity in accumulated other comprehensive income in the consolidated balance sheets. Gains and 
losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in net income. 

(j)  Earnings per Share 

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock 
outstanding during the periods presented. The computation of diluted earnings per share is similar to the computation of basic 
earnings per share, except that the denominator is increased for the assumed exercise of dilutive options and other potentially 
dilutive securities using the treasury stock method unless the effect is antidilutive. Since the Company is reporting discontinued 
operations, it used income from continuing operations as the control number in determining whether those potential dilutive 
securities are dilutive or antidilutive. 

(k) Comprehensive Income 

The  Company  follows  the  provisions  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  Accounting  Standards 
Codification (“ASC”) 220, “Comprehensive Income”. FASB ASC 220 requires companies to report all changes in equity during 
a period, resulting from net income (loss) and transactions from non-owner sources, in a financial statement in the period in 
which they are recognized. The Company has chosen to disclose comprehensive income, which encompasses net income (loss), 
foreign currency translation adjustments, gains and losses on derivatives, the underfunded status of its pension plans, and pension 
minimum additional liability adjustments, net of tax, in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income. 

(l)  Revenue Recognition 

The  Company  follows  the  provisions  of  FASB  ASC  605,  “Revenue  Recognition”.  The  Company  recognizes  product 
revenue when persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement exists, the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, delivery has 
occurred, and collectibility of the sales price is reasonably assured. Sales of some of its products include provisions to provide 
additional services such as installation and training. Revenues on these products are recognized when the additional services 
have been performed. Service agreements on its equipment are typically sold separately from the sale of the equipment. Revenues 
on these service agreements are recognized ratably over the life of the agreement, typically one year, in accordance with the 
provisions of FASB ASC 605-20, “Revenue Recognition—Services”. 

F-9 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company accounts for shipping and handling fees and costs in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC 605-
45-45, “Revenue Recognition—Principal Agent Considerations”, which requires all amounts charged to customers for shipping 
and handling to be classified as revenues. The costs incurred related to shipping and handling is classified as cost of product 
revenues. Warranties and product returns are estimated and accrued for at the time sales are recorded. The Company has no 
obligations to customers after the date products are shipped or installed, if applicable, other than pursuant to warranty obligations 
and  service  or  maintenance  contracts.  The  Company  provides  for  the  estimated  amount  of  future  returns  upon  shipment  of 
products or installation, if applicable, based on historical experience. 

(m)Valuation of Identifiable Intangible Assets Acquired in Business Combinations

The determination of the fair value of intangible assets, which represents a significant portion of the purchase price in the 
Company’s acquisitions, requires the use of significant judgment with regard to (i) the fair value; and (ii) whether such intangibles 
are amortizable or not amortizable and, if the former, the period and the method by which the intangibles asset will be amortized. 
The Company estimates the fair value of acquisition-related intangible assets principally based on projections of cash flows that 
will arise from identifiable assets of acquired businesses. The projected cash flows are discounted to determine the present value 
of the assets at the dates of acquisitions. At December 31, 2014, amortizable intangible assets include existing technology, trade 
names,  distribution  agreements,  customer  relationships  and  patents.  These  amortizable  intangible  assets  are  amortized  on  a 
straight-line basis over 7 to 15 years, 10 to 15 years, 4 to 5 years, 5 to 15 years and 5 to 15 years, respectively. 

(n) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

Goodwill and unamortizable intangible assets acquired in a business combination and determined to have an indefinite 
useful  life  are  not  amortized,  but  instead  are  tested  for  impairment  annually  or  more  frequently  if  events  or  changes  in 
circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired, in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC 350, “Intangibles—
Goodwill and Other”. 

The Company conducted its annual impairment analysis in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2014. The goodwill impairment 
test is a two-step process. The first step of the impairment analysis compares the Company’s fair value to its carrying value to 
determine if there is any indication of impairment. Step two of the analysis compares the implied fair value of goodwill to its 
carrying amount in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation for business combination. If the carrying amount of goodwill 
exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment loss is recognized equal to that excess. For indefinite-lived intangible assets if the 
carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the asset, the Company would write down the indefinite-lived intangible asset to fair 
value. 

At December 31, 2014, the Company compared its carrying value to its overall market capitalization, noting the fair value 

of the Company significantly exceeded the carrying value. The Company concluded that none of its goodwill was impaired. 

The Company evaluates indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually and when events occur or circumstances 
change that may reduce the fair value of the asset below its carrying amount.  Events or circumstances that might require an 
interim evaluation include unexpected adverse business conditions, economic factors, unanticipated technological changes or 
competitive activities, loss of key personnel and acts by governments and courts. At December 31, 2014, the Company concluded 
that none of its indefinite-lived intangible assets were impaired. 

(o) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets 

The Company assesses recoverability of its long-lived assets that are held for use, such as property, plant and equipment 
and amortizable intangible assets in accordance with FASB ASC 360, “Property, Plant and Equipment” when events or changes 
in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets or 
an asset group to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset or asset group to estimated 
undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or the asset group. Cash flow projections are based on 
trends of historical performance and management’s estimate of future performance. If the carrying amount of the asset or asset 
group exceeds the estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount 
of the asset or asset group exceeds its estimated fair value. At December 31, 2014, the Company concluded that none of its long-
lived assets were impaired. 

F-10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(p) Derivatives 

The Company uses interest-rate-related derivative instruments to manage its exposure related to changes in interest rates 
on its variable-rate debt instruments. The Company does not enter into derivative instruments for any purpose other than cash 
flow hedging. The Company does not speculate using derivative instruments. The Company recognizes all derivative instruments 
as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet at their respective fair values. For derivatives designated in hedging relationships, 
changes in the fair value are either offset through earnings against the change in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the 
risk being hedged or recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”), to the extent the derivative is effective 
at offsetting the changes in cash flows being hedged until the hedged item affects earnings. 

The Company only enters into derivative contracts that it intends to designate as a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the 
variability  of  cash  flows  to  be  received  or  paid  related  to  a  recognized  asset  or  liability  (cash  flow  hedge).  For  all  hedging 
relationships,  the  Company formally  documents  the  hedging  relationship  and  its  risk-management  objective  and  strategy  for 
undertaking the hedge, the hedging instrument, the hedged transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged, how the hedging 
instrument’s effectiveness in offsetting the hedged risk will be assessed prospectively and retrospectively, and a description of 
the  method  used  to  measure  ineffectiveness.    The  Company  also  formally  assesses,  both  at  the  inception  of  the  hedging 
relationship  and  on  an  ongoing  basis,  whether  the  derivatives  that  are  used  in  hedging  relationships  are  highly  effective  in 
offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged transactions. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as part of a 
cash flow hedging relationship, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of other 
comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects 
earnings. Gains and losses on the derivative representing either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the 
assessment of effectiveness are recognized in current earnings. 

The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when it determines that the derivative is no longer effective 
in offsetting cash flows attributable to the hedged risk, the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, the cash flow 
hedge is de-designated because a forecasted transaction is not probable of occurring, or management determines to remove the 
designation of the cash flow hedge. 

In all situations in which hedge accounting is discontinued and the derivative remains outstanding, the Company continues 
to carry the derivative at its fair value on the balance sheet and recognizes any subsequent changes in its fair value in earnings. 
When it is probable that a forecasted transaction will not occur, the Company discontinues hedge accounting and recognizes 
immediately  in  earnings  gains  and  losses  that  were  accumulated  in  other  comprehensive  income  related  to  the  hedging 
relationship. 

(q) Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

The carrying values of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable and trade accounts payable 
and  short-term  debt  approximate  their  fair  values  because  of  the  short  maturities  of  those  instruments.  The  fair  value  of  the 
Company’s long-term debt approximates its carrying value and is based on the amount of future cash flows associated with the 
debt discounted using current borrowing rates for similar debt instruments of comparable maturity. 

Financial reporting standards define a fair value hierarchy that consists of three levels: 

(cid:5)  Level 1 includes instruments for which quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities accessible to 

the Company at the measurement date. 

(cid:5)  Level 2  includes  instruments  for  which  the  valuations  are  based on  quoted prices for  similar  assets  or  liabilities, 
quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable 
data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. 

(cid:5)  Level  3  includes  valuations  based  on  inputs  that  are  unobservable  and  significant  to  the  overall  fair  value 

measurement. 

(r) Stock-based Compensation 

The  Company  accounts  for  stock-based  payment  awards  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  FASB  ASC  718, 
“Compensation—Stock  Compensation”,  which  requires  it  to  recognize  compensation  expense  for  all  stock-based  payment 
awards made to employees and directors including stock options, restricted stock units  and employee stock purchases (“employee 
stock purchases”) related to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (as amended, the “ESPP”). The Company issues new shares upon 
stock option exercises, upon vesting of the restricted stock units and under the Company’s ESPP. 

F-11 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
 
 
Stock-based compensation expense recognized is based on the value of the portion of stock-based payment awards that is 
ultimately expected to vest and has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. The Company values stock-based payment awards, 
except  restricted  stock  units  at  grant  date  using  the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  (“Black-Scholes  model”).  The 
determination of fair value of stock-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model is affected by its 
stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but 
are not limited to its expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards and actual and projected stock option exercise 
behaviors. 

The fair value of restricted stock units are based on the market price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant and are 
recorded as compensation expense ratably over the applicable service period, which ranges from one to four years. Unvested 
restricted stock units are forfeited in the event of termination of employment with the Company. 

Stock-based compensation expense recognized under FASB ASC 718 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 
2012  consisted  of  stock-based  compensation  expense  related  to  stock  options,  the  employee  stock  purchase  plan,  and  the 
restricted stock units and was recorded as a component of cost of product revenues, sales and marketing expenses, general and 
administrative expenses, research and development expenses and discontinued operations. 

(s) Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-09, 
“Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” a new accounting standard that provides for a comprehensive model to use in the 
accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers that will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in 
U.S. GAAP. Under this standard, revenue will be recognized to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers 
in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. 
This standard will be effective as of the beginning of the Company’s 2017 fiscal year. The Company is assessing the new standard 
and has not yet determined the impact to the consolidated financial statements. 

3.  Concentrations 

No customer accounted for more than 10% of the revenues for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. At 

December 31, 2014 and 2013, no customer accounted for more than 10% of net accounts receivable. 

4.  Inventories 

Inventories consist of the following: 

Finished goods ......................................................................................................................   $
Work in process ....................................................................................................................    
Raw materials .......................................................................................................................    
Total .................................................................................................................................   $

5.  Property, Plant and Equipment 

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following: 

Land, buildings and leasehold improvements .......................................................................   $
Machinery and equipment.....................................................................................................    
Computer equipment and software .......................................................................................    
Furniture and fixtures ............................................................................................................    
Automobiles ..........................................................................................................................    

Less: accumulated depreciation ............................................................................................    
Property, plant and equipment, net .......................................................................................   $

F-12 

December 31,

2014 

2013

(in thousands) 
10,138    $
946     
9,447     
20,531    $

7,039 
752 
7,986 
15,777 

December 31,

2014 

2013

(in thousands) 
2,595    $
10,102     
6,322     
1,125     
56     
20,200     
(15,010)    
5,190    $

3,082 
9,471 
4,927 
1,281 
59 
18,820 
(14,445)
4,375 

 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
    
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
   
 
    
 
   
 
 
   
  
6.  Acquisitions 

The Company completed two acquisitions during 2014. 

Multi Channel Systems MCS GmbH 

On October 1, 2014, the Company, through its wholly-owned Biochrom Limited subsidiary, acquired all of the issued and 
outstanding  shares  of  Multi  Channel  Systems  MCS  GmbH  (“MCS”),  which  has  its  principal  offices  in  Germany,  for 
approximately $11.2 million, including a working capital adjustment. The Company funded the acquisition from its existing cash 
balances. 

MCS is a developer, manufacturer and marketer of in vitro and in vivo electrophysiology instrumentation for extracellular 
recording  and  stimulation.  This  acquisition  is  complementary  to  the  in  vitro  electrophysiology  line  currently  offered  by  the 
Company’s wholly-owned Warner Instruments subsidiary. 

The aggregate purchase price for this acquisition was preliminarily allocated to tangible and intangible assets acquired as 

follows: 

Tangible assets .........................................................................................................................................    $ 
Liabilities assumed ...................................................................................................................................      
Net assets ..................................................................................................................................................      

Goodwill and intangible assets: 
Goodwill ...................................................................................................................................................      
Trade name ...............................................................................................................................................      
Customer relationships .............................................................................................................................      
Developed technology ..............................................................................................................................      
Non-compete agreements .........................................................................................................................      
Deferred tax liabilities ..............................................................................................................................      
Total goodwill and intangible assets, net of tax .......................................................................................      
Acquisition purchase price .......................................................................................................................    $ 

(in thousands) 

5,442 
(1,207)
4,235 

3,745 
1,008 
1,204 
2,452 
148 
(1,603)
6,954 
11,189 

Goodwill recorded as a result of the acquisition of MCS is not deductible for tax purposes. 

The results of operations for MCS have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the date 

of acquisition and are not material. 

The following consolidated pro forma information is based on the assumption that the acquisition of MCS occurred on 
January 1, 2013. Accordingly, the historical results have been adjusted to reflect amortization expense that would have been 
recognized on such a pro forma basis. The unaudited pro forma information is presented for comparative purposes only and is 
not necessarily indicative of the financial position or results of operations which would have been reported had we completed 
the acquisition during these periods or which might be reported in the future. 

Year Ended December 31,
2013
2014 

(in thousands) 

Pro Forma 
     Revenues ..........................................................................................................  $
     Net income .......................................................................................................   

114,066    $ 
2,600      

114,300 
(672)

Triangle BioSystems, Inc. 

On October 1, 2014, the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of Triangle BioSystems, Inc. (“TBSI”), 
which has its principal offices in North Carolina, for approximately $2.2 million, including a working capital adjustment. The 
Company funded the acquisition from borrowings under its credit facility. 

F-13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
   
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
   
 
    
 
   
 
 
    
      
 
 
 
 
 
TBSI  is  a  developer,  manufacturer  and  marketer  of  wireless  neural  interface  equipment  to  aid  in  vivo  neuroscience 
research,  especially  in  the  fields  of  electrophysiology,  psychology,  neurology  and  pharmacology.  This  acquisition  is 
complementary to the behavioral neuroscience lines currently offered by the Company’s wholly-owned Panlab and Coulbourn 
subsidiaries. 

The aggregate purchase price for this acquisition was preliminarily allocated to tangible and intangible assets acquired as 

follows: 

Tangible assets  
 $ 
Liabilities assumed ....................................................................................................................................    
Net assets ...................................................................................................................................................    

Goodwill and intangible assets: 
Goodwill ....................................................................................................................................................    
Trade name ................................................................................................................................................    
Customer relationships ..............................................................................................................................    
Developed technology ...............................................................................................................................    
Non-compete agreements ..........................................................................................................................    
Deferred tax liabilities ...............................................................................................................................    
Total goodwill and intangible assets, net of tax ........................................................................................    
Acquisition purchase price ........................................................................................................................  $ 

(in thousands) 

1,278 
(530)
748 

946 
143 
308 
363 
30 
(325)
1,465 
2,213 

The results of operations for TBSI have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the date 
of acquisition and are not material. The Company considers this acquisition immaterial for the purposes of proforma financial 
statement disclosures. Goodwill recorded as a result of the acquisition of TBSI is not deductible for tax purposes. 

Direct acquisition costs recorded in other expense, net in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations were $1.1 

million, $0 and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

7.  Discontinued Operations 

UBI 

In September 2008, the Company completed the sale of assets of its Union Biometrica Division (“UBI”) including its 
German subsidiary, Union Biometrica GmbH, to UBIO Acquisition Company. During 2013, the Company received earn-out 
payments, including interest, from UBIO Acquisition Company, of $1.8 million related to the 2008 acquisition. The Company 
received its final payment under the earn-out obligation from UBIO Acquisition Company in October 2013. 

HART 

On November 1, 2013, the spin-off of Harvard Apparatus Regenerative Technology, Inc. (“HART”) from the Company 
was  completed.  Through  the  spin-off  date,  the  historical  operations  of  HART  were  reported  as  continuing  operations  in  the 
consolidated statements of operations of the Company. Following the spin-off, the historical operations of HART have been 
reclassified and reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented. As a result of the spin-off and related separation, 
HART  became  an  independent  company  that  operates  the  regenerative  medicine  business  previously  owned  by  Harvard 
Bioscience. The spin-off was completed through the distribution to Harvard Bioscience’s stockholders of record all of the shares 
of common stock of HART (the “Distribution”).  In the Distribution, the Company distributed to its stockholders one share of 
HART common stock for every four shares of Harvard Bioscience common stock outstanding as of the close of business on 
October  21,  2013,  the  record  date  for  the  Distribution.  Fractional  shares  of  HART  common  stock  were  not  included  in  the 
distribution. Instead, Registrar & Transfer Company aggregated fractional shares into whole shares, sold the whole shares in the 
open market and distributed the aggregate net cash proceeds of the sales pro rata to each holder who otherwise would have been 
entitled to receive a fractional share in the Distribution. 

Effective with the spin-off, the Company contributed $15.0 million in cash to HART to fund its operations. In addition, 
the Company transferred approximately $0.9 million in assets, made up primarily of property, plant and equipment, to HART as 
part of the spin-off. 

F-14 

 
 
   
  
 
   
    
  
    
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
In connection with the spin-off of HART, certain required adjustments were made to the Company’s outstanding equity 
compensation awards under its employee benefit plans. Each outstanding option to purchase Harvard Bioscience common stock 
was converted on the date of the Distribution into both an adjusted Harvard Bioscience option to purchase Harvard Bioscience 
common stock and an option to purchase HART common stock. Black-Scholes valuation modeling was used to determine the 
value that each Harvard Bioscience option had lost at the time of the Distribution and to ensure the holder maintained such lost 
value,  80%  of  such  lost  value  was  provided  back  to  the  holder  by  making  appropriate  adjustments  to  the  share  amount  and 
exercise price of the existing Harvard Bioscience option and 20% of such lost value was provided back to the holder through the 
issuance of an option to purchase HART common stock. Similar to the adjustment of the existing Harvard Bioscience options, 
with respect to each unvested Harvard Bioscience restricted stock unit outstanding at the time of the Distribution, such Harvard 
Bioscience restricted stock unit was converted on the date of the Distribution into both an adjusted Harvard Bioscience restricted 
stock unit and a HART restricted stock unit.  The market prices of Harvard Bioscience and HART common stock were used to 
determine the value that each Harvard Bioscience restricted stock unit lost at the time of the Distribution and then to ensure the 
holder maintained such lost value, 80% of such lost value was provided back to the holder by making the appropriate increases 
of the share amount of the existing Harvard Bioscience restricted stock unit and 20% of such lost value was provided back to the 
holder through the issuance of a HART restricted stock unit. The share amounts and exercise prices of the adjusted Harvard 
Bioscience options and HART options, as well as the share amounts of the adjusted Harvard Bioscience restricted stock units 
and HART restricted stock units, were each adjusted and set in a manner to ensure the intrinsic value held by the holder pertaining 
to the existing Harvard Bioscience award was maintained immediately following the Distribution and was determined such that 
tax was not triggered under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.   As part of these required adjustments, the Company 
issued approximately 1.7 million options and approximately 0.1 million restricted stock units to holders of its outstanding equity 
compensation awards. 

In connection with the spin-off, on October 31, 2013, the Company entered into various commercial agreements with 
HART which contain many of the key terms, conditions and arrangements related to the Distribution.  A description of certain 
of these agreements can be found in Note 20. 

Harvard  Bioscience  intends  for  the  Distribution  and  related  separation,  taken  together,  to  qualify  as  a  reorganization 
pursuant to which no gain or loss is recognized by Harvard Bioscience or its stockholders for federal income tax purposes under 
Sections 355, 368(a)(1)(D) and related provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. On June 28, 2013, Harvard Bioscience received 
a Supplemental Ruling to the Private Letter Ruling dated March 22, 2013 from the IRS to the effect that, among other things, the 
spin-off will qualify as a transaction that is tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Section 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of 
the Internal Revenue Code continuing in effect.  Harvard Bioscience has also received an opinion from its outside tax advisor to 
such effect. In connection with the ruling and the opinion, Harvard Bioscience made certain representations regarding it and its 
business.  The Company has agreed that it will not take or fail to take any action which prevents or could reasonably be expected 
to prevent the tax-free status of the spin-off. HART has agreed to certain restrictions that are intended to preserve the tax-free 
status of the contribution and the Distribution. HART may take certain actions otherwise prohibited by these covenants if Harvard 
Bioscience receives a private letter ruling from the IRS or if HART obtains, and provides to Harvard Bioscience, an opinion from 
a U.S. tax counsel or accountant of recognized national standing, in either case, acceptable to Harvard Bioscience in its sole and 
absolute discretion to the effect that such action would not jeopardize the tax-free status of the contribution and the Distribution. 
These covenants include restrictions on HART’s: 

• issuance or sale of stock or other securities (including securities convertible into HART’s stock but excluding certain 
compensatory arrangements); 

• sales of assets outside the ordinary course of business; and 

• entering into any other corporate transaction which would cause HART to undergo a 50% or greater change in HART’s 
stock ownership. 

In addition, current U.S. federal income tax law creates a presumption that the spin-off of HART would be taxable to the 
Company, but not its stockholders, if such spin-off is part of a “plan or series of related transactions” pursuant to which one or 
more persons acquire directly or indirectly stock representing a 50% or greater interest (by vote or value) in the Company or 
HART. Acquisitions that occur during the four-year period that begins two years before the date of the spin-off are presumed to 
occur pursuant to a plan or series of related transactions, unless it is established that the acquisition is not pursuant to a plan or 
series of transactions that includes the spin-off. U.S. Treasury regulations currently in effect generally provide that whether an 
acquisition and a spin-off are part of a plan is determined based on all of the facts and circumstances, including, but not limited 
to, specific factors described in the U.S. Treasury regulations. In addition, the U.S. Treasury regulations provide several “safe 
harbors” for acquisitions that are not considered to be part of a plan. These rules will limit the Company’s ability during the two-
year  period  following  the  spin-off  to  enter  into  certain  transactions  that  may  be  advantageous  to  the  Company  and  its  

F-15 

 
 
  
  
 
  
 
stockholders, particularly issuing equity securities to satisfy financing needs, repurchasing equity securities, disposing of certain 
assets,  engaging  in  mergers  and  acquisitions,  and,  under  certain  circumstances,  acquiring  businesses  or  assets  with  equity 
securities or agreeing to be acquired. 

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  impact  of  discontinued  operations  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  statements  of 

operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. 

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations, UBI ...................................................... $
(Loss) from discontinued operations, HART ..............................................................  
Income tax (benefit) ....................................................................................................  
(Loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax .......................................................... $

8.  Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

Intangible assets consist of the following: 

Year Ended December 31,
2013 

2012

(in thousands) 
440    $ 
(4,861)     
(1,868)     
(2,553)   $ 

1,344 
(4,664)
(1,196)
(2,124)

December 31, 2014

December 31, 2013 

(in thousands) 

    Weighted      
     Average      
     Life

   (a)

Amortizable intangible assets: 
Existing technology ...............................................   $
Trade names ...........................................................    
Distribution agreements/customer relationships ....    
Patents ....................................................................    
Total amortizable intangible assets ........................    

  Gross 

Accumulated 
Amortization    Gross 
(11,198)  $
(2,557)   
(10,681)   
(49)   
(24,485)   

13,464   $ 
6,178     
21,827     
271     
41,740   $ 

Accumulated 
Amortization       
(11,091)   
(2,185)   
(9,447)   
(8)   
(22,731)    

15,538   $
7,114    
22,730    
256    
45,638   $

7.3  Years
10.8  Years
10.3  Years
4.2  Years

Indefinite-lived intangible assets: 
Goodwill ................................................................    
Other indefinite-lived intangible assets ..................    
Total goodwill and other indefinite-lived 

39,822     
1,252     

intangible assets .................................................    

41,074     

36,605      
1,289      

37,894      

Total intangible assets ............................................   $

86,712     

    $

79,634      

(a) Weighted average life as of December 31, 2014. 

The change in the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2014 is as follows: 

Balance at December 31, 2012 .....................................................................................................................  $ 
Effect of change in currency translation .....................................................................................................    
Balance at December 31, 2013 .....................................................................................................................  $ 
Goodwill arising from business combinations ...........................................................................................    
Effect of change in currency translation .....................................................................................................    
Balance at December 31, 2014 .....................................................................................................................  $ 

36,200 
405 
36,605 
4,691 
(1,474)
39,822 

(in thousands) 

Intangible asset amortization expense was $2.6 million, $2.6 million and $2.8 million for the years ended December 31, 
2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Amortization expense of existing amortizable intangible assets is currently estimated to be 
$2.6 million for the year ending December 31, 2015, $2.5 million for the year ending December 31, 2016, $2.3 million for the 
year  ending  December  31,  2017,  $2.1  million  for  the  year  ending  December  31,  2018  and  $2.0  million  for  the  year  ending 
December 31, 2019. 

F-16 

 
 
   
 
   
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
    
      
      
      
   
    
      
      
      
   
 
   
   
 
      
     
   
   
     
      
   
   
      
      
       
      
      
   
      
      
       
      
      
     
      
      
     
      
      
     
      
      
   
   
      
      
       
      
      
      
      
   
   
      
      
       
      
      
     
  
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
9.  Restructuring and Other Exit Costs 

2014 Restructuring Plan 

During the fourth quarter of 2014, management of Harvard Bioscience initiated a plan to relocate certain distribution and 
manufacturing operations in order to create organizational efficiencies and reduce operating expenses. The 2014 restructuring 
plan  included  plans  to  relocate  the  distribution  operations  of  the  Company’s  Denville  subsidiary  from  New  Jersey  to  North 
Carolina, as well as consolidating the manufacturing operations of its Biochrom subsidiary to its headquarters in Holliston, MA. 
The Company recorded restructuring charges of approximately $0.7 million representing severance costs. Additional charges 
related to this plan are expected to be incurred through the third quarter of 2015, and include, but are not limited to, contract 
termination costs, as well as moving and employee relocation costs. Payments related to this plan are expected to be made through 
the end of 2015. Activity and liability balances related to these charges were as follows: 

Restructuring charges .................................................................................................................................  $ 
Cash payments ............................................................................................................................................    
Restructuring balance at December 31, 2014 .............................................................................................  $ 

655 
(29)
626 

  Severance Costs
(in thousands) 

2013 Restructuring Plans 

During the fourth quarter of 2013, the management of Harvard Bioscience initiated a plan to realign global operations to 
improve organizational efficiencies and reduce operating expenses throughout the Company. The plan included an approximately 
13% reduction in the workforce, as well as the elimination of the position of Chief Operating Officer. During the years ended 
December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded net restructuring charges of approximately $0.4 millions and $2.1 million, 
respectively,  representing  severance  and  other  costs.  No  further  charges  are  expected  to  be  incurred  on  this  matter.  As  of 
December  31,  2014,  the  Company  had  no  remaining  liability  related  to  this  plan  on  its  balance  sheet.  Activity  and  liability 
balances related to these charges were as follows: 

  Severance and    Fixed Asset       
  Related Costs     Write Offs      Other

Total

(in thousands) 

Restructuring charges – 2013 .............................................................  $
Cash payments ...................................................................................   
Restructuring balance at December 31, 2013 ....................................   
Restructuring charges ........................................................................   
Non-cash reversal of restructuring charges ........................................   
Cash payments ...................................................................................   
Restructuring balance at December 31, 2014 ....................................  $

2,100   $
(666)   
1,434    
199    
(117)   
(1,516)   
-   $

-    $ 
-      
-      
13      
(13)    
-      
-    $ 

-   $
-    
-    
293    
-    
(293)   
-   $

2,100 
(666)
1,434 
505 
(130)
(1,809)
- 

As part of the fourth quarter 2013 restructuring plan, the Company decided to close one of its facilities in the United 
Kingdom. During the fourth quarter of 2014, the facility was sold.  The gain of $0.8 million was recorded in a separate line in 
the Company’s statements of operations within operating expenses. 

During the third quarter of 2013, the management of Harvard Bioscience initiated a plan to reduce operating expenses at 
one of its foreign subsidiaries. No further charges are expected to be incurred on this matter. As of December 31, 2013, the 
Company  had  no  remaining  liability  related  to  this  plan  on  its  balance  sheet.  Activity  and  liability  balances  related  to  these 
charges were as follows: 

Restructuring charges ..................................................................................................................................  $ 
Cash payments .............................................................................................................................................    
Restructuring balance at December 31, 2013 ..............................................................................................  $ 

96 
(96)
- 

Severance
  and Related Costs  
(in thousands) 

F-17 

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
2012 Restructuring Plan 

During 2012, the management of Harvard Bioscience initiated a plan to reduce operating expenses at one of its foreign 
subsidiaries. The Company recorded restructuring charges of approximately $0.3 million representing severance payments. No 
further charges are expected to be incurred on this matter. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had no remaining liability 
related to this plan on its balance sheet. Activity and liability balances related to these charges were as follows: 

Severance
  and Related Costs    

Other 

Total

(in thousands) 

Restructuring charges ............................................................................  $
Cash payments .......................................................................................   
Restructuring balance at December 31, 2012 ........................................   
Cash payments .......................................................................................   
Non-cash reversal of restructuring charges ............................................   
Restructuring balance at December 31, 2013 ........................................   
Non-cash reversal of restructuring charges ............................................   
Restructuring balance at December 31, 2014 ........................................  $

312   $ 
(179)   
133     
(84)   
(46)   
3     
(3)   
-   $ 

11   $
-    
11    
(11)  
-    
-    
-    
-   $

323 
(179)
144 
(95)
(46)
3 
(3)
- 

Aggregate  net  restructuring  charges  relating  to  the  2014  restructuring  plan,  2013  restructuring  plans  and  the  2012 

restructuring plan were as follows: 

2014

Year Ended December 31,
2013 
(in thousands) 

2012

Restructuring charges .............................................................................  $

1,027   $

2,150     $

310 

10.  Long Term Debt 

On August 7, 2009, the Company entered into an amended and restated $20.0 million revolving credit loan agreement 
with  Bank  of  America,  as  agent,  and  Bank  of  America  and  Brown  Brothers  Harriman  &  Co  as  lenders  (the  “2009  Credit 
Agreement”). On September 30, 2011, the Company entered into the First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Revolving 
Credit Loan Agreement (the “First Amendment”) with Bank of America as agent, and Bank of America and Brown Brothers 
Harriman & Co as lenders. The First Amendment extended the maturity date of the credit facility to August 7, 2013 and reduced 
the interest rate to the London Interbank Offered Rate plus 3.0%. On October 4, 2012, the Company entered into the Second 
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Loan Agreement (the “Second Amendment”) with Bank of America 
as agent, and Bank of America and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co as lenders. The Second Amendment extended the maturity 
date of the credit facility to August 7, 2014. 

On  March  29,  2013,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Second  Amended  and  Restated  Revolving  Credit  Agreement  (as 
amended, the “Credit Agreement”) with Bank of America, as agent, and Bank of America and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co 
as  lenders,  that  amended  and  restated  the 2009  Credit Agreement.  The Credit  Agreement  converted the  Company’s  existing 
outstanding revolving advances into a term loan in the principal amount of $15.0 million (the “Term Loan”), provides a revolving 
credit facility in the maximum principal amount of $25.0 million (“Revolving Line”) and provides a delayed draw term loan of 
up to $15.0 million (the “DDTL”) to fund capital contributions to the Company’s former subsidiary, HART.  The maximum 
amount available under the Credit Agreement is $50.0 million as borrowings against the DDTL in excess of $10.0 million results 
in a dollar for dollar reduction in the Revolving Line capacity. The Revolving Line has a maturity date of March 29, 2016, while 
the Term Loan and DDTL have a maturity date of March 29, 2018. 

On October 31, 2013, the Company amended the Credit Agreement to reduce the DDTL from up to $15.0 million to up 

to $10.0 million and allow for an additional $5.0 million to be available for drawing as advances under the Revolving Line. 

Borrowings under the Term Loan and the DDTL shall bear interest at a rate based on either the effective London Interbank 
Offered Rate (LIBOR) for certain interest periods selected by the Company, or a daily floating rate based on the British Bankers’ 
Association  (BBA)  LIBOR  as  published  by  Reuters  (or  other  commercially  available  source  providing  quotations  of  BBA 
LIBOR), plus in either case, a margin of 3.0%. The Revolving Line shall bear interest at a rate based on either the effective 
LIBOR for certain interest periods selected by the Company, or a daily floating rate based on the BBA LIBOR, plus in either 
case, a margin of 2.5%. The Company was required to fix the rate of interest on at least 50% of the Term Loan and the DDTL  

F-18 

 
 
   
 
     
     
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
    
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
through  the  purchase  of  interest  rate  swaps.    The  Term  Loan  and  DDTL  each  have  interest  payments  due  at  the  end  of  the 
applicable  LIBOR  period,  or  monthly  with  respect  to  BBA  LIBOR  borrowings,  and  principal  payments  due  quarterly.  The 
Revolving Line has interest payments due at the end of the applicable LIBOR period, or monthly with respect to BBA LIBOR 
borrowings. 

The loans evidenced by the Credit Agreement, or the Loans, are guaranteed by all of the Company’s direct and indirect 
domestic subsidiaries, and secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company and the guarantors. The Loans are subject to 
restrictive  covenants  under  the  Credit  Agreement,  and  financial  covenants  that  require  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  to 
maintain certain financial ratios on a consolidated basis, including a maximum leverage, minimum fixed charge coverage and 
minimum working capital. Prepayment of the Loans is allowed by the Credit Agreement at any time during the terms of the 
Loans. The Loans also contain limitations on the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness and requires lender approval 
for acquisitions funded with cash, promissory notes and/or other consideration in excess of $6.0 million and for acquisitions 
funded solely with equity in excess of $10.0 million. 

As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had borrowings of $21.5 million and $24.8 million, 
respectively,  outstanding  under  its  Credit  Agreement.  As  of  December  31,  2014,  the  Company  was  in  compliance  with  all 
financial covenants contained in the Credit Agreement, was subject to covenant and working capital borrowing restrictions and 
had available borrowing capacity under its Credit Agreement of $11.8 million. 

As of December 31, 2014, the weighted effective interest rates on the Company’s Term Loan, DDTL and Revolving Line 

borrowings were 3.96%, 3.55% and 2.67%, respectively. 

As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company’s borrowings were comprised of: 

Long-term debt: 
     Term loan .........................................................................................................................  $
     DDTL ...............................................................................................................................   
     Revolving line ..................................................................................................................   
Total debt ..............................................................................................................................   
     Less: current installments ................................................................................................   
Long-term debt .....................................................................................................................  $

The aggregate amounts of debt maturing during the next five years are as follows: 

December 31,

2014 

2013

(in thousands) 

9,750    $
7,500     
4,200     
21,450     
(5,000)   
16,450    $

12,750 
9,500 
2,500 
24,750 
(5,000)
19,750 

(in thousands) 

2015 .............................................................................................  $
2016 .............................................................................................   
2017 .............................................................................................   
2018 .............................................................................................   
2019 .............................................................................................   
Total .............................................................................................  $

5,000  
9,200  
5,000  
2,250  
-  
21,450  

11.  Derivatives 

The Company uses interest-rate-related derivative instruments to manage its exposure related to changes in interest rates 
on its variable-rate debt instruments. The Company does not enter into derivative instruments for any purpose other than cash 
flow hedging. The Company does not speculate using derivative instruments. 

By using derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures to changes in interest rates, the Company exposes itself to 
credit risk and market risk. Credit risk is the failure of the counterparty to perform under the terms of the derivative contract.  
When the fair value of a derivative contract is positive, the counterparty owes the Company, which creates credit risk for the 
Company.  When  the  fair  value  of  a  derivative  contract  is  negative,  the  Company  owes  the  counterparty  and,  therefore,  the 
Company is not exposed to the counterparty’s credit risk in those circumstances. The Company minimizes counterparty credit 
risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with carefully selected major financial institutions based upon their 
credit profile. 

F-19 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
    
 
   
 
 
    
      
 
  
  
   
 
  
   
   
  
  
 
 
Market risk is the adverse effect on the value of a derivative instrument that results from a change in interest rates. The 
market risk associated with interest-rate contracts is managed by establishing and monitoring parameters that limit the types and 
degree of market risk that may be undertaken. 

The Company assesses interest rate risk by continually identifying and monitoring changes in interest rate exposures that 
may  adversely  impact  expected  future  cash  flows  and  by  evaluating  hedging  opportunities.  The  Company  maintains  risk 
management  control  systems  to  monitor  interest  rate  risk  attributable  to  both  the  Company’s  outstanding  or  forecasted  debt 
obligations  as  well  as  the  Company’s  offsetting  hedge  positions.  The  risk  management  control  systems  involve  the  use  of 
analytical techniques, including cash flow sensitivity analysis, to estimate the expected impact of changes in interest rates on the 
Company’s future cash flows. 

The  Company  uses  variable-rate  London  Interbank  Offered  Rate  (LIBOR)  debt  to  finance  its  operations.  The  debt 
obligations expose the Company to variability in interest payments due to changes in interest rates. Management believes that it 
is prudent to limit the variability of a portion of its interest payments. To meet this objective, management enters into LIBOR 
based interest rate swap agreements to manage fluctuations in cash flows resulting from changes in the benchmark interest rate 
of LIBOR. These swaps change the variable-rate cash flow exposure on the debt obligations to fixed cash flows.  Under the terms 
of the interest rate swaps, the Company receives LIBOR based variable interest rate payments and makes fixed interest rate 
payments, thereby creating the equivalent of fixed-rate debt for the notional amount of its debt hedged.  In accordance with its 
Credit Agreement, the Company was required to fix the rate of interest on at least 50% of its Term Loan and the DDTL through 
the purchase of interest rate swaps. On June 5, 2013, the Company entered into an interest rate swap contract with an original 
notional amount of $15.0 million and a maturity date of March 29, 2018 in order to hedge the risk of changes in the effective 
benchmark interest rate (LIBOR) associated with the Company’s Term Loan. On November 29, 2013, the Company entered into 
a second interest rate swap contract with an original notional amount of $5.0 million and a maturity date of March 29, 2018 in 
order to hedge the risk of changes in the effective benchmark interest rate (LIBOR) associated with the DDTL. The notional 
amount of the Company’s derivative instruments as of December 31, 2014 was $13.5 million. The Term Loan swap contract 
converted specific variable-rate debt into fixed-rate debt and fixed the LIBOR rate associated with the Term Loan at 0.96% plus 
a bank margin of 3.0%. The DDTL swap contract converted specific variable-rate debt into fixed-rate debt and fixed the LIBOR 
rate associated with the Term Loan at 0.93% plus a bank margin of 3.0%.The interest rate swaps were designated as cash flow 
hedges in accordance with ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging. 

The following table presents the notional amount and fair value of the Company’s derivative instruments as of December 

31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

 December 31, 2014     December 31, 2014 
  Notional Amount      Fair Value (a)

under ASC 815 

Balance sheet classification  

Interest rate swap ......................................................... Other liabilities-non current  $ 

(in thousands) 
13,500   $ 

(18)

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

 December 31, 2013     December 31, 2013 
  Notional Amount      Fair Value (a)

under ASC 815 

Balance sheet classification  

Interest rate swap ......................................................... Other liabilities-non current  $ 

(in thousands) 
17,500   $ 

(49)

(a) See Note 12 for the fair value measurements related to these financial instruments. 

All of the Company’s derivative instruments are designated as hedging instruments. 

The Company has structured its interest rate swap agreements to be 100% effective and as a result, there was no impact 
to  earnings  resulting  from  hedge  ineffectiveness.    Changes  in  the  fair  value  of  interest  rate  swaps  designated  as  hedging 
instruments  that  effectively  offset  the  variability  of  cash  flows  associated  with  variable-rate,  long-term  debt  obligations  are 
reported  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (“AOCI”).  These  amounts  subsequently  are  reclassified  into  interest 
expense  as  a  yield  adjustment  of  the  hedged  interest  payments  in  the  same  period  in  which  the  related  interest  affects 
earnings.  The Company’s interest rate swap agreement was deemed to be fully effective in accordance with ASC 815, and, as 
such, unrealized gains and losses related to these derivatives were recorded as AOCI. 

F-20 

 
 
  
  
   
   
   
      
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
       
  
   
   
   
       
  
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
       
  
 
 
  
 
 
The  following  table  summarizes  the  effect  of  derivatives  designated  as  cash  flow  hedging  instruments  and  their 

classification within comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012: 

Derivatives in Hedging Relationships 

   Amount of gain or (loss) recognized in OCI on derivative (effective portion)  
Year Ended December 31, 
2013
(in thousands) 

2012

2014

Interest rate swaps ......................................   $ 

(99) 

   $ 

(116) 

 $ 

- 

The following table summarizes the reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the years 

ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012: 

Details about AOCI 

Components 

 Amount of gain or (loss) reclassified from AOCI into income (effective portion) 
Year Ended December 31,
2013
(in thousands) 

2014 

2012 

Location of 
gain or (loss)
reclassified 
from AOCI
into income
(effective
 portion)

Interest rate swaps ..........  $ 

(130)    $

(67)    $

-  Interest expense

As of December 31, 2014, $0.1 million of deferred losses on derivative instruments accumulated in AOCI are expected to 
be reclassified to earnings during the next twelve months. Transactions and events expected to occur over the next twelve months 
that will necessitate reclassifying these derivatives’ losses to earnings include the repricing of variable-rate debt. There were no 
cash flow hedges discontinued during 2014 or 2013. 

12.  Fair Value Measurements 

Fair value measurement is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the 
principal  or  most  advantageous  market  for  the  asset  or  liability  in  an  orderly  transaction  between  market  participants  at  the 
measurement date. A fair value hierarchy is established, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value into three broad 
levels as follows: 

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 
Level 2—Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly. 
Level 3—Unobservable inputs based on the Company’s own assumptions. 

The following tables present the fair value hierarchy for those liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis: 

(In thousands) 
Liabilities: 

Fair Value as of December 31, 2014 

  Level 1     Level 2       Level 3     Total 

Interest rate swap agreements .....................................................................  $

-   $

18    $ 

-   $

18 

(In thousands) 
Liabilities: 

Fair Value as of December 31, 2013 

  Level 1     Level 2       Level 3     Total 

Interest rate swap agreements .....................................................................  $

-   $

49    $ 

-   $

49 

The Company uses the market approach technique to value its financial liabilities.  The Company’s financial liabilities 
carried  at  fair  value  include  derivative  instruments  used  to  hedge  the  Company’s  interest  rate  risks.  The  fair  value  of  the 
Company’s interest rate swap agreements was based on LIBOR yield curves at the reporting date.  

F-21 

 
   
  
 
   
  
 
 
  
  
 
   
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
    
  
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
    
      
      
      
 
   
   
      
       
      
  
   
   
      
       
      
  
   
 
   
      
       
      
  
  
 
 
13.  Leases 

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014,  the  Company  entered  into  Amendment  No.  3  (the  “Third  Amendment”) 
amending the terms of the lease on the Company’s corporate headquarters in Holliston, MA.  The Third Amendment extended 
the  term  of  the  lease  through August 31, 2024,  while  also  expanding  the  Company’s  rentable  square  feet  in  the building by 
approximately  22,000  square  feet  to  a  total  of  approximately  83,000  square  feet.    The  commencement  date  of  the  Third 
Amendment was October 1, 2014. 

The Company has noncancelable operating leases for office and warehouse space expiring at various dates through 2019 
and thereafter. Rent expense, which is recorded on a straight-line basis, was approximately $1.7 million, $1.3 million and $1.3 
million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

Future  minimum  lease  payments  for  operating  leases,  with  initial  or  remaining  terms  in  excess  of  one  year  at  

December 31, 2014, are as follows: 

2015 ..............................................................................................................................................................  $ 
2016 ..............................................................................................................................................................    
2017 ..............................................................................................................................................................    
2018 ..............................................................................................................................................................    
2019 ..............................................................................................................................................................    
Thereafter ......................................................................................................................................................    
Net minimum lease payments .......................................................................................................................  $ 

2,094 
1,603 
1,579 
1,550 
1,353 
5,867 
14,046 

Operating
Leases
(in thousands) 

14.  Accrued Expenses 

Accrued expenses consist of: 

Accrued compensation and payroll .......................................................................................  $
Accrued professional fees .....................................................................................................   
Accrued severance ................................................................................................................   
Warranty costs ......................................................................................................................   
Other .....................................................................................................................................   
Total ......................................................................................................................................  $

15.  Income Tax 

December 31,

2014 

2013

(in thousands) 
1,616    $
735     
626     
240     
1,235     
4,452    $

1,349 
927 
1,434 
305 
1,063 
5,078 

Income tax expense (benefit) attributable to income from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 

2013 and 2012 consisted of: 

Current income tax expense: 

Federal and state ...............................................................................  $
Foreign ..............................................................................................   

Deferred income tax expense (benefit): 

Federal and state ...............................................................................   
Foreign ..............................................................................................   

Total income tax expense (benefit) ..........................................................  $

F-22 

2014

Year Ended December 31,
2013 
(in thousands) 

2012

27   $
424    
451    

1,793    
(182)   
1,611    
2,062   $

47    $
413     
460     

(594)    
(154)    
(748)    
(288)   $

70 
1,705 
1,775 

931 
(308)
623 
2,398 

 
 
 
 
   
  
 
   
  
 
   
  
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
    
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
    
 
   
 
 
    
      
      
 
   
  
   
      
      
  
   
  
 
Income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 differed from the amount computed 

by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 34% to pre-tax continuing operations income as a result of the following: 

Computed "expected" income tax expense ..............................................  $
Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from: 

Permanent differences, net ................................................................   
Foreign tax rate differential ..............................................................   
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit .......................   
Non-deductible stock compensation expense ...................................   
Impact of prior year pension deductions ...........................................   
Tax credits ........................................................................................   
Change in valuation allowance allocated to income tax expense 

(benefit) .........................................................................................   
Other .................................................................................................   
Total income tax expense (benefit) ..........................................................  $

2014

Year Ended December 31,
2013 
(in thousands) 

2012

1,503   $

147    $

2,343 

(93)   
(364)   
-    
67    
-    
(385)   

1,346    
(12)   
2,062   $

482     
(64)    
31     
1     
(294)    
(615)    

31     
(7)    
(288)   $

(25)
(435)
135 
254 
- 
(127)

281 
(28)
2,398 

Income tax expense (benefit) is based on the following pre-tax income from continuing operations for the years ended 

December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012: 

2014

Year Ended December 31,
2013 
(in thousands) 

2012

Domestic .................................................................................................  $
Foreign ....................................................................................................   
Total ........................................................................................................  $

1,846   $
2,571    
4,417   $

(2,549)   $
2,984      
435     $

681 
6,211 
6,892 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant components of the deferred tax assets and deferred 

tax liabilities from continuing operations at December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows: 

Deferred tax assets: 

Accounts receivable .......................................................................................................  $
Inventory ........................................................................................................................   
Operating loss and credit carryforwards ........................................................................   
Accrued expenses ..........................................................................................................   
Pension liabilities ...........................................................................................................   
Contingent consideration ...............................................................................................   
Other accrued liabilities .................................................................................................   
Total gross deferred assets ....................................................................................................   
Less: valuation allowance ..............................................................................................   
Deferred tax assets ................................................................................................................  $

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Intangible assets .............................................................................................................  $
Property, plant and equipment .......................................................................................   
Other accrued liabilities .................................................................................................   
Total deferred tax liabilities ..................................................................................................   
Net deferred tax assets ..........................................................................................................  $

December 31,

2014 

2013

(in thousands) 

45    $
1,416     
12,803     
188     
889     
2,806     
1,832     
19,979     
(2,423)   
17,556    $

6,021    $
27     
383     
6,431     
11,125    $

65 
1,405 
12,978 
409 
985 
2,593 
1,867 
20,302 
(1,249)
19,053 

4,242 
70 
238 
4,550 
14,503 

The amounts recorded as deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 represent the amount of tax benefits of 
existing deductible temporary differences and carryforwards that are more likely than not to be realized through the generation 
of sufficient future taxable income within the carryforward period. Significant management judgment is required in determining  

F-23 

 
  
 
 
  
 
   
    
 
  
 
 
   
      
      
  
  
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
    
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
      
 
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
 
 
any  valuation  allowance  recorded  against  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014  the 
Company determined that it was more likely than not that certain of its U.S. foreign tax credits would expire unused and therefore 
recorded an increase to the valuation allowance of $1.3 million related to these credit carryforwards.  The Company also provided 
valuation allowances for net deferred tax assets in several state and foreign jurisdictions and certain credit carryforwards. 

At  December 31, 2014,  the Company  had federal  and  state  net operating  loss  carryforwards  available  to offset  future 
taxable income of approximately $25.4 million. The operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2015. Furthermore, the 
Company had foreign operating loss carryforwards to offset future taxable income of approximately $4.9 million, which can be 
carried forward indefinitely. The Company also had federal and state general business and minimum tax credit carryforwards 
available to reduce future federal and state regular income taxes of approximately $5.2 million, which begin to expire in 2016. 
Approximately $5.5 million of net operating losses are subject to an annual limitation of $0.7 million imposed by change in 
ownership provisions of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. As mentioned above, certain of these net operating loss and 
credit carryforwards have full valuation allowances set up against them. 

Undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries amounted to approximately $51.9 million, $49.2 million, 
and $46.0 million at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Undistributed foreign earnings are indefinitely reinvested 
and, accordingly, no related provision for U.S federal and state income taxes has been provided. It is impracticable to estimate 
the total tax liability, if any, which would be created by the future distribution of these earnings. 

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, cash and cash equivalents held by the Company’s foreign subsidiaries was $12.7 million 
and $23.6 million, respectively.  These funds are not available for domestic operations unless the funds are repatriated.  If the 
Company planned to or did repatriate these funds then U.S. federal and state income taxes would have to be recorded on such 
amounts.  The Company currently has no plans and does not intend to repatriate any of its undistributed foreign earnings. The 
foreign  earnings  are  considered  permanently  reinvested  and  will  be  used  for  foreign  acquisitions,  capital  investments  and 
operations. In October 2014, the Company acquired all issued and outstanding shares of MCS, a German manufacturer, and 
utilized approximately $11.2 million of foreign cash on hand to do so. In February 2012, the Company acquired all issued and 
outstanding shares of AHN, a German manufacturer, and utilized approximately $2.0 million of foreign cash on hand. In 2014, 
the  Company  also  used  $0.4  million  of  foreign  cash  on  hand  for  capital  improvements  at  AHN.  Also  in  January  2015  the 
Company acquired all issued and outstanding shares of HEKA Elektronik (see Note 25) utilizing approximately $6.0 million of 
foreign cash on hand. 

During 2010, the Company completed an analysis of its research and development credit carryforwards and determined 
that due to certain documentation requirements to substantiate the credit, an uncertain tax liability of $0.2 million should be 
recorded. No penalties or interest have been accrued on this liability because the credits have not yet been utilized. Also, as part 
of the acquisition of TBSI, the Company acquired approximately $59,000 of uncertain tax liabilities related to certain potentially 
nondeductible expenses reflected in previously filed pre-acquisition tax returns.  If payment of these amounts ultimately proves 
to be unnecessary, the reversal of the liabilities would result in tax benefits being recognized in the period when the Company 
determines the liabilities are no longer necessary. If the estimate of tax liabilities proves to be less than the ultimate assessment, 
a further charge to expense would result. A reconciliation of uncertain tax liabilities is as follows: 

Balance at December 31, 2012 ................................................................................................................   $ 
Additions based on tax positions of prior years .......................................................................................     
Balance at December 31, 2013 ................................................................................................................     
Additions based on tax positions of acquired entities ..............................................................................     
Balance at December 31, 2014 ................................................................................................................   $ 

(in thousands) 

191 
- 
191 
59 
250 

The Company or one of its subsidiaries files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various states and 
foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations by tax authorities for 
years before 2010. During 2013, the Company closed its IRS audit for the 2009 and 2010 tax years. There were no material 
adjustments. During 2014 the company closed its audit for tax years 2009 and 2010 by the Massachusetts Department of Revenue 
with no material adjustments. The Company’s Canadian subsidiary was under audit by the Canadian Revenue Agency for the 
2011 tax year. This audit was closed in February 2015 with no adjustments. The Company is not aware of any tax audits in other 
major jurisdictions. 

During 2013, the Company spun off its HART subsidiary. All related carryforward tax attributes remained with Harvard 

Bioscience. 

F-24 

 
 
  
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
16.  Employee Benefit Plans 

The Company sponsors profit sharing retirement plans for its U.S. employees, which includes employee savings plans 
established under Section 401(k) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code (the “401(k) Plans”). The 401(k) Plans cover substantially 
all full-time employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. Contributions to the profit sharing retirement plans are at the 
discretion of management. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company contributed approximately 
$0.5 million, $0.6 million and $0.5 million, respectively, to the 401(k) Plans. 

Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries in the United Kingdom, or UK, Harvard Apparatus Limited and Biochrom, maintain 
contributory, defined benefit or defined contribution pension plans for substantially all of their employees. As of December 31, 
2014, the principal employer of the Harvard Apparatus Limited pension plan was changed from Harvard Apparatus Limited to 
Biochrom. As of December 31, 2014, these defined benefit pension plans were closed to new employees, as well as closed to the 
future accrual of benefits for existing employees. The provisions of FASB ASC 715-20 require that the funded status of the 
Company’s pension plans be recognized in its balance sheet. FASB ASC 715-20 does not change the measurement or income 
statement  recognition  of  these  plans,  although  it  does  require  that  plan  assets  and  benefit  obligations  be  measured  as  of  the 
balance sheet date. The Company has historically measured the plan assets and benefit obligations as of the balance sheet date. 

The components of the Company’s defined benefit pension expense were as follows: 

Components of net periodic benefit cost: 
Service cost ..............................................................................................  $
Interest cost ..............................................................................................   
Expected return on plan assets .................................................................   
Net amortization loss ...............................................................................   
Curtailment gain ......................................................................................   
Net periodic benefit cost ..........................................................................  $

2014

Year Ended December 31,
2013 
(in thousands) 

2012

-   $
893    
(649)   
259    
-    
503   $

288    $
797     
(524)    
305     
(197)    
669    $

314 
819 
(570)
248 
- 
811 

The measurement date is December 31 for these plans. The funded status of the Company’s defined benefit pension plans 

and the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2014 and 2013 is as follows: 

December 31,

2014 

2013

(in thousands) 

Change in benefit obligation: 

Balance at beginning of year .........................................................................................  $
Service cost ....................................................................................................................   
Interest cost ....................................................................................................................   
Participants' contributions ..............................................................................................   
Actuarial loss (gain) .......................................................................................................   
Benefits paid ..................................................................................................................   
Currency translation adjustment ....................................................................................   
Balance at end of year ....................................................................................................  $

20,403    $
-     
893     
5     
1,628     
(457)   
(1,302)   
21,170    $

19,643 
272 
797 
56 
(329)
(431)
395 
20,403 

December 31,

2014 

2013

(in thousands) 

Change in fair value of plan assets: 

Balance at beginning of year .........................................................................................  $
Actual return on plan assets ...........................................................................................   
Participants' contributions ..............................................................................................   
Employer contributions .................................................................................................   
Benefits paid ..................................................................................................................   
Currency translation adjustment ....................................................................................   
Balance at end of year ....................................................................................................  $

15,540    $
1,119     
5     
1,546     
(457)   
(1,029)   
16,724    $

13,704 
1,125 
56 
801 
(431)
285 
15,540 

F-25 

 
 
  
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
    
 
   
 
 
    
      
      
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
      
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
      
 
 
December 31,

2014 

2013

(in thousands) 

Change in benefit obligation: 
Funded status ........................................................................................................................  $
Unrecognized net loss ...........................................................................................................   
Net amount recognized .........................................................................................................  $

(4,446)  $
N/A     
(4,446)  $

(4,863)
N/A 
(4,863)

The  accumulated  benefit  obligation  for  all  defined  benefit  pension  plans  was  $21.2  million  and  $19.5  million  at 

December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

The amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of: 

Deferred income tax assets .......................................................................................  $
Other long term liabilities .........................................................................................    
Net amount recognized .............................................................................................  $

December 31,

2014 

2013

(in thousands) 

889    $ 
(4,446)     
(3,557)   $ 

985 
(4,863)
(3,878)

The amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax consist of: 

Underfunded status of pension plans ........................................................................  $
Net amount recognized .............................................................................................  $

December 31,

2014 

2013

(in thousands) 
(3,557)   $ 
(3,557)   $ 

(3,878)
(3,878)

The weighted average assumptions used in determining the net pension cost for these plans follows: 

Year Ended December 31,
2013 

2012

2014

Discount rate ...........................................................................................   
Expected return on assets ........................................................................   
Rate of compensation increase ................................................................   

4.43%   
4.15%   
0.00%   

4.43%   
3.79%   
2.99%   

4.09%
4.02%
3.51%

The discount rate assumptions used for pension accounting reflect the prevailing rates available on high-quality, fixed-
income debt instruments with terms that match the average expected duration of the Company’s defined benefit pension plan 
obligations. The Company uses the iBoxx AA 15yr+ index, which matches the average duration of its pension plan liability of 
approximately  15  years.  With  the  current  base  of  assets  in  the  pension  plans,  a  0.1%  increase/decrease  in  the  discount  rate 
assumption would decrease/increase annual pension expense by approximately $89,000. 

The Company’s mix of pension plan investments among asset classes also affects the long-term expected rate of return on 
plan assets. As of December 31, 2014, the Company’s actual asset mix approximated its target mix. Differences between actual 
and expected returns are recognized in the calculation of net periodic pension (income)/cost over the average remaining expected 
future working lifetime, which is approximately 15 years, of active plan participants. With the current base of assets, a 0.1% 
increase/decrease in the asset return assumption would decrease/increase annual pension expense by approximately $17,000. 

F-26 

   
 
 
   
 
    
 
   
 
 
    
      
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
   
 
    
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
    
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
 
   
   
  
   
  
    
  
 
 
 
 
The fair value and asset allocations of the Company’s pension benefits as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 measurement 

dates were as follows: 

Asset category: 

December 31, 

2014

2013

(in thousands) 

8,145    
Equity securities ............................................................................................  $
7,260    
Debt securities ...............................................................................................   
1,319    
Cash and cash equivalents .............................................................................   
-    
Other ..............................................................................................................   
Total ..............................................................................................................  $ 16,724    

49%  $
43%    
8%    
0%    

7,404    
6,061    
1,488    
587    
100%  $ 15,540    

48%
39%
9%
4%
100%

Financial reporting standards define a fair value hierarchy that consists of three levels. The fair values of the plan assets 

by fair value hierarchy level as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 is as follows: 

Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) ...........................................  $
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) .....................................................................   
Significant Other Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) .................................................................   
Total ..................................................................................................................................  $

December 31,

2014 

2013

(in thousands) 
1,319    $
15,405     
-     
16,724    $

1,488 
13,465 
587 
15,540 

Level 1 assets consist of cash and cash equivalents held in the pension plans at December 31, 2014. The Level 2 assets 
primarily consist of investments in private investment funds that are valued using the net asset values provided by the trust or 
fund, including an insurance contract. Although these funds are not traded in an active market with quoted prices, the investments 
underlying the net asset value are based on quoted prices. Level 3 assets consist of an investment in a longevity fund which 
invests in a portfolio of physical life insurance settlements that are valued using the net asset values provided by the fund. Since 
June  2011,  the  fund  has  been  closed  to  all  activity.  Due  to  the  illiquidity  and  inactivity  of  the  fund,  during  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2014, the Company wrote down its Level 3 investment by an additional $0.6 million, which reduced its value to 
$0. 

The following table presents a summary of changes in the Company’s Level 3 investments measured at fair value on a 

recurring basis: 

December 31,

2014 

2013

(in thousands) 

Balance at beginning of year .....................................................................................  $
Purchases during the year .........................................................................................    
Unrealized loss ..........................................................................................................    
Balance at end of year ...............................................................................................  $

587    $ 
-      
(587)     
-    $ 

768 
- 
(181)
587 

The Company expects to contribute approximately $0.8 million to its pension plans during 2015. 

The benefits expected to be paid from the pension plans are $0.5 million in 2015, $0.8 million in 2016, $0.6 million in 
2017, $0.6 million in 2018 and $0.7 million in 2019. The expected benefits to be paid in the five years from 2020—2024 are 
$4.7 million. The expected benefits are based on the same assumptions used to measure the Company’s benefit obligation at 
December 31, 2014. 

17.  Commitments and Contingent Liabilities 

From time to time, the Company may be involved in various claims and legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course 

of business. The Company is not currently a party to any such material claims or proceedings. 

F-27 

 
   
 
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
  
    
      
       
      
  
  
 
   
 
 
   
 
    
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
    
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
18.  Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income

Changes in each component of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax are as follows: 

(in thousands) 

  Foreign currency   Derivatives      Defined 
benefit 
    pension plans  

  qualifying as    
hedges 

translation 
adjustments 

Total 

Balance at December 31,  2012 ...............................................  $

(290) $

-   $ 

(4,573) $

(4,863)

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications .....     
Amounts reclassified from AOCI ..............................................     

1,573    
-    

(116)    
67     

452    
243    

1,909 
310 

Net other comprehensive income (loss) .....................................     

1,573    

(49)    

695    

2,219 

Balance at December 31,  2013 ...............................................    

1,283    

(49)    

(3,878)  

(2,644)

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications .....     
Amounts reclassified from AOCI ..............................................     

(5,941)  
-    

(99)    
130     

114    
207    

(5,926)
337 

Net other comprehensive (loss) income .....................................     

(5,941)  

31     

321    

(5,589)

Balance at December 31, 2014 ................................................  $

(4,658) $

(18)  $ 

(3,557) $

(8,233)

The amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income are as follows: 

(in thousands) 

Amounts Reclassified From AOCI 
Derivatives qualifying as hedges 

Realized loss on derivatives qualifying as 

Affected line item in the
Statements of Operations

hedges ....................................................... 

  $
Income tax ....................................................  Income tax (benefit) expense     

Interest expense 

Defined benefit pension plans 

Amortization of net losses included in net 

periodic pension costs ............................... 

General and administrative 
expenses 

Income tax ....................................................  Income tax (benefit) expense     

Year Ended December 31,
2013 

2012

2014

130    $ 
-      
130      

259      
(52)     
207      

67    $
-     
67     

305     
(62)    
243     

Total reclassifications ............................................................................................   $

337    $ 

310    $

19.  Capital Stock 

Common Stock 

- 
- 
- 

248 
(57)
191 

191 

On  February  5,  2008,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  adopted  a  Shareholder  Rights  Plan  and  declared  a  dividend 
distribution of one preferred stock purchase right for each outstanding share of the Company’s common stock to shareholders of 
record as of the close of business on February 6, 2008. Initially, these rights will not be exercisable and will trade with the shares 
of the Company’s common stock. Under the Shareholder Rights Plan, the rights generally will become exercisable if a person 
becomes an “acquiring person” by acquiring 20% or more of the common stock of the Company or if a person commences a 
tender offer that could result in that person owning 20% or more of the common stock of the Company. If a person becomes an 
acquiring  person,  each  holder  of  a  right  (other  than  the  acquiring  person)  would  be  entitled  to  purchase,  at  the  then-current 
exercise price, such number of shares of preferred stock which are equivalent to shares of the Company’s common stock having  

a value of twice the exercise price of the right. If the Company is acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction 

F-28 

 
 
   
    
 
   
 
    
 
 
  
 
   
    
    
      
    
 
   
    
    
       
    
  
   
    
    
       
    
  
   
    
    
       
    
  
   
    
    
       
    
  
   
    
    
       
    
  
   
    
    
       
    
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
    
   
 
  
  
      
        
        
 
 
     
        
       
 
  
      
        
        
 
  
  
   
  
      
        
        
 
   
  
  
   
  
  
      
        
        
 
  
 
 
 
after any such event, each holder of a right would then be entitled to purchase, at the then-current exercise price, shares of the 
acquiring company’s common stock having a value of twice the exercise price of the right. 

Preferred Stock 

The Company’s Board of Directors has the authority to issue up to 5.0 million shares of preferred stock and to determine 
the price privileges and other terms of the shares. The Board of Directors may exercise this authority without any further approval 
of stockholders. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had no preferred stock issued or outstanding. 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan 

In  2000,  the  Company  approved  the  ESPP.  Under  this  ESPP,  participating  employees  can  authorize  the  Company  to 
withhold a portion of their base pay during consecutive six-month payment periods for the purchase of shares of the Company’s 
common stock. At the conclusion of the period, participating employees can purchase shares of the Company’s common stock 
at 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the beginning or end of the period. Shares are 
issued under the ESPP for the six-month periods ending June 30 and December 31. Under this plan, 750,000 shares of common 
stock  are  authorized  for  issuance  of  which  585,188  shares  were  issued  as  of  December  31,  2014.  During  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company issued 57,848, 56,938 and 60,028 shares, respectively, of the Company’s 
common stock under the ESPP. 

Stock-Based Payment Awards 

The Company accounts for stock-based payment awards in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC 718, which 
requires it to recognize compensation expense for all stock-based payment awards made to employees and directors including 
stock options, restricted stock units, and employee stock purchases related to the ESPP. 

FASB ASC 718 requires companies to estimate  the fair value of stock-based payment awards, except restricted stock 
units, on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest 
is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods in its consolidated statements of income. 

Upon adoption of FASB ASC 718, the Company elected to retain its method of valuation for stock-based payment awards, 
except  restricted  stock  units,  using  the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model.  The  determination  of  fair  value  of  stock-based 
payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model is affected by its stock price as well as assumptions regarding 
a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to its expected stock price 
volatility over the term of the awards and actual and projected stock option exercise behaviors. The Company records stock 
compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for all awards granted since the adoption of FASB 
ASC 718. 

Stock Option Plans 

1996 Stock Option and Grant Plan 

In 1996, the Company adopted the 1996 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “1996 Stock Plan”) pursuant to which the Board 
of Directors could grant stock options to employees, directors and consultants. The 1996 Stock Plan authorized grants of options 
to purchase 4,072,480 shares of authorized but unissued common stock. In 2000, the 1996 Stock Plan was replaced by the 2000 
Stock Option and Incentive Plan. As of December 31, 2014, there were no options to purchase shares outstanding under the 1996 
Stock Plan. 

Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option and Incentive Plan 

The Third Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (as amended, the “Plan”) was adopted by the 
Board of Directors on April 13, 2011. Such amendment to the Plan was approved by the stockholders at the Company’s 2011 
Annual Meeting. The Plan made the following changes, among others, to the Second Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option 
and Incentive Plan (the “Second A&R Plan”): 

    (cid:5) 

    (cid:5) 

the aggregate number of shares authorized for issuance under the Second A&R Plan was increased by 3,700,000 shares to
13,067,675 shares of Common Stock; 

the  current  limitation  that  no  more  than  3,750,000  shares  of  restricted  stock  awards,  unrestricted  stock  awards,  and 
performance  share  awards  may  be  issued  under  the  Second  A&R  Plan  was  replaced  with  a  fungible  share  provision

F-29 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
deducting from shares available for grant under the Plan 1.79 shares for each share that underlies an award granted under
the Company’s Plan for deferred stock awards of restricted stock units, restricted stock awards, unrestricted stock awards,
performance share awards or other awards under the Company’s Plan for which the full value of such share is transferred
by the Company to the award recipient; and 

    (cid:5)  other clarifying and updating changes. 

The Company currently has 15,008,929 shares of its common stock reserved for the issuance of awards under the Plan, 
which includes the 13,067,675 shares described above plus the shares underlying the adjustment awards issued related to the 
spin-off of HART in accordance with the Plan. As of December 31, 2014, there were options to purchase 6,263,112 shares, 
and 306,397 restricted stock units outstanding. 

Through December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, incentive stock options to purchase 10,218,057, 10,218,057 and 8,990,395 
shares and non-qualified stock options to purchase 12,143,374, 11,028,074 and 8,906,684 shares, respectively, had been granted 
to employees and directors under the Stock Plans. Generally, both the incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options 
become fully vested over a range of one to four-year periods. 

During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, 1,115,300, 3,349,052 and 1,220,934 options, respectively, 
were granted to employees and directors at exercise prices equal to or greater than fair market value of the Company’s common 
stock on the date of grant. 

During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2014,  2013  and  2012,  116,400,  259,931  and  349,295  restricted  stock  units, 

respectively, were granted to certain employees and directors under the Plan. 

Earnings per share 

Basic earnings per share is based upon net income divided by the number of weighted average common shares outstanding 
during the period. The calculation of diluted earnings per share assumes conversion of stock options and restricted stock units 
into common stock using the treasury method. The weighted average number of shares used to compute basic and diluted earnings 
per share consists of the following: 

Year Ended December 31,
2013 

2012

2014

Basic .......................................................................................................   
Effect of assumed conversion of employee and director stock options 

32,170,683    

30,384,010    

28,799,377 

and restricted stock units .....................................................................   
Diluted ....................................................................................................   

1,065,886    
33,236,569    

1,529,789    
31,913,799    

992,730 
29,792,107 

Excluded from the shares used in calculating the diluted earnings per common share in the above table are options to 
purchase approximately 2,526,441, 2,547,580 and 4,700,033 shares of common stock for the years ended December 31, 2014, 
2013 and 2012, respectively, as the impact of these shares would be anti-dilutive. 

F-30 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
    
 
   
    
      
      
 
 
 
 
General Option Information 

The following is a summary of stock option and the restricted stock unit activity: 

Stock Options

Restricted Stock Units

Stock
Options
  Outstanding    

    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

    Restricted 
    Stock Units 
    Outstanding       Fair Value

     Grant Date  

Balance at December 31, 2011 ..................................   
Granted..................................................................   
Exercised ...............................................................   
Vested (RSUs) ......................................................   
Cancelled / forfeited ..............................................   
Balance at December 31, 2012 ..................................   
Granted..................................................................   
Exercised ...............................................................   
Vested (RSUs) ......................................................   
Cancelled / forfeited ..............................................   
Balance at December 31, 2013 ..................................   
Granted..................................................................   
Exercised ...............................................................   
Vested (RSUs) ......................................................   
Cancelled / forfeited ..............................................   
Balance at December 31, 2014 ..................................   

8,519,575   $
1,220,934    
(648,000)   
-    
(1,014,000)   
8,078,509    
3,349,052    
(3,410,483)   
-    
(1,326,233)   
6,690,845    
1,115,300    
(695,173)   
-    
(847,860)   
6,263,112   $

4.52    
3.60    
3.94    
-    
6.36    
4.25    
4.44    
3.20    
-    
5.26    
3.42    
4.18    
3.08    
-    
4.67    
3.42    

539,450    $
349,295     
-     
(164,090)    
(47,462)    
677,193     
259,931     
-     
(281,650)    
(191,501)    
463,973     
116,400     
-     
(233,098)    
(40,878)    
306,397    $

4.32 
3.57 
- 
- 
4.21 
3.97 
4.62 
- 
- 
4.07 
4.32 
4.12 
- 
- 
4.36 
4.30 

For 2013 and included in the table above are grants of 1,715,164 options and 135,650 restricted stock units related to the 
spin-off of HART. Pursuant to the spin-off, share amounts and exercise prices of Harvard Bioscience options, as well as share 
amounts of Harvard Bioscience restricted stock units were adjusted so that the intrinsic value held by the holder pertaining to the 
existing option or award was maintained immediately following the spin-off. 

The Company’s policy is to issue stock available from its registered but unissued stock pool through its transfer agent to 

satisfy stock option exercises and vesting of the restricted stock units. 

The following table summarizes information concerning currently outstanding and exercisable options as of December 31, 

2014 (Aggregate Intrinsic Value, in thousands): 

Options Outstanding

   Weighted     
     Average 
    Remaining      Weighted     

Options Exercisable 
Weighted     

   Average 
   Remaining      Weighted     

   Range 

of 
   Exercise    
Price 

   Shares 
  Outstanding     Contractual      Average    Aggregate    Exercisable   Contractual     Average    Aggregate  
     Exercise    Intrinsic  
     Price 

     Exercise    Intrinsic   
     Price

at
  Dec. 31, 2014  

at 
  Dec. 31, 2014    

Life 
in Years 

Life 
in Years 

   Value

   Value

Shares

$  1.43-2.15   
  2.28-2.28   
  2.45-2.45   
  2.56-2.56   
  2.59-3.54   
  3.64-3.64   
  3.71-3.99   
  4.04-4.04   
  4.07-4.10   
  4.12-4.89   
$  1.43-4.89   

253,654      
927,715      
6,586      
776,155      
567,417      
713,170      
451,166      
717,449      
16,000      
1,833,800      
6,263,112      

3.58    $ 
4.39      
0.43      
7.08      
3.35      
8.00      
2.69      
6.05      
9.36      
9.13      
6.47    $ 

1.80  $
2.28   
2.45   
2.56   
3.08   
3.64   
3.88   
4.04   
4.08   
4.24   
3.42  $

982    
3,145    
21    
2,414    
1,470    
1,448    
808    
1,169    
25    
2,622    
14,104   

253,654   
927,715   
6,586   
374,256   
567,417   
213,765   
431,166   
568,483   
-   
76,875   
3,419,917   

3.58    $ 
4.39      
0.43      
7.08      
3.35      
8.00      
2.38      
6.05      
-      
8.90      
4.79    $ 

1.80  $
2.28   
2.45   
2.56   
3.08   
3.64   
3.88   
4.04   
-   
4.31   
3.03  $

982 
3,145 
21 
1,164 
1,470 
434 
772 
927 
- 
105 
9,020 

F-31 

 
  
   
 
   
 
   
    
      
      
 
   
 
   
      
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
    
      
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
  
 
   
  
 
 
 
      
    
      
    
    
      
    
 
  
 
  
    
  
  
 
      
    
      
      
    
    
    
      
    
 
 
The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding table represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value, based on the Company’s 
closing stock price of $5.67 as of December 31, 2014, which would have been received by the option holders had all option 
holders exercised their options as of that date. The weighted average exercise prices above were adjusted to reflect the effect of 
the spin-off of HART on the Company’s outstanding options. Pursuant to the spin-off, share amounts and exercise prices of 
Harvard Bioscience options were adjusted so that the intrinsic value held by the holder pertaining to the existing option was 
maintained immediately following the spin-off. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised for the years ended December 
31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was approximately $1.8 million, $5.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively. The total number of in-
the-money options that were exercisable as of December 31, 2014 was 3,419,917. 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the total compensation costs related to unvested awards not yet recognized is $3.5 

million and the weighted average period over which it is expected to be recognized is 2.18 years. 

Valuation and Expense Information under Stock-Based-Payment Accounting 

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options, restricted stock units and the employee stock purchase plan 

for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was allocated as follows: 

2014

Year Ended December 31,
2013 
(in thousands) 

2012

Cost of product revenues ........................................................................  $
Sales and marketing ................................................................................    
General and administrative .....................................................................    
Research and development .....................................................................    
Discontinued operations .........................................................................    
Total stock-based compensation .............................................................  $

132   $
343     
1,620     
61     
-     
2,156   $

131   $
223     
2,200     
45     
71     
2,670   $

87 
154 
2,990 
25 
65 
3,321 

The Company did not capitalize any stock-based compensation. 

The weighted-average estimated fair value per share of stock options granted during 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $2.18, 
$2.41 and $1.84, respectively, using the Black Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions: 

Volatility ....................................................................    
Risk-free interest rate .................................................    
Expected holding period (in years) ............................    
Dividend Yield ...........................................................    

2014
55.78 % 
1.80 % 
5.76 years 
- % 

Year Ended December 31, 
2013
57.18 % 
1.42 % 
5.67 years 
- % 

2012
55.09 % 
0.80 % 
5.98 years 
- % 

The Company used historical volatility to calculate the expected volatility as of December 31, 2014. Historical volatility 
was determined by calculating the mean reversion of the daily adjusted closing stock price. The risk-free interest rate assumption 
is based upon observed U.S. Treasury bill interest rates (risk-free) appropriate for the term of the Company’s stock options. The 
expected holding period of stock options represents the period of time options are expected to be outstanding and were based on 
historical experience. The vesting period ranges from one to four years and the contractual life is ten years. 

Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 
31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 is based on awards ultimately expected to vest and has been reduced for annualized estimated forfeitures 
of 7.05%, 6.54% and 5.38%, respectively. Stock-based-payment accounting requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of 
grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Forfeitures were estimated 
based on historical experience. 

20.  Related Party Transactions

In connection with the HART spin-off, the Company entered into various commercial agreements with HART.  These 
agreements include: (i) a Separation and Distribution Agreement to effect the separation and spin-off distribution and provide 
other  agreements  to  govern  the  Company’s  relationship  with  HART  after  the  spin-off;  (ii)  an  Intellectual  Property  Matters 
Agreement, which governs various intellectual property  related arrangements between the Company and HART, including the  

F-32 

 
 
  
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
    
 
   
 
 
   
    
      
      
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
 
 
  
 
 
separation of intellectual property rights between the Company and HART, as well as certain related cross-licenses between the 
two companies; (iii) a Product Distribution Agreement, which provides that each company will become the exclusive distributor 
for  the  other  party  for  products  such  other  party  develops  for  sale  in  the  markets  served  by  the  other;  (iv)  a  Tax  Sharing 
Agreement, which governs the Company’s and HART’s respective rights, responsibilities and obligations with respect to tax 
liabilities and benefits, tax attributes, the preparation and filing of tax returns, the control of audits and other tax proceedings and 
other matters regarding taxes for periods before, during and after the spin-off; and (v) a Transition Services Agreement, which 
provides for certain services to be performed on a transitional basis by the Company to facilitate HART’s transition into a separate 
public  reporting  company.  As  part  of  the  Transition  Services  Agreement,  the  Company  provided  certain  support  services  to 
HART,  for  up  to  one  year  following  the  spin-off  date,  including,  among  others,  accounting,  payroll,  human  resources  and 
information technology services, with the charges for the transition services generally intended to allow the Company to fully 
recover  the  costs  directly  associated  with  providing  the  services,  plus  all  out-of-pocket  costs  and  expenses.  The  Transition 
Services Agreement expired on November 1, 2014. 

The Company recorded revenues of approximately $0.2 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 
and  2013,  respectively,  as  a  result  of  the  exclusive  distribution  rights  pursuant  to  the  Product  Distribution  Agreement.    The 
Company’s operating expenses were reduced by $0.1 million for both years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 as a result of 
the fees the Company charged to HART for services provided pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement.  In addition, the 
Company’s rent expense was reduced by $0.2 million and $26,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, 
as a result of sublease rent charged to HART pursuant to a sublease between the two companies. 

David Green, who is currently a Director of the Company and was also formerly the Company’s President and interim 

CEO, is currently the Chairman and CEO of HART. 

As  part  of  the  acquisitions  of  MCS  and  TBSI,  the  Company  signed  lease  agreements  with  the  former  owners  of  the 
acquired companies.  The principals of such former owners are currently employees of the Company.  Pursuant to the lease 
agreements, the Company incurred rent expense of approximately $62,000 and $11,000 to the former owners of MCS and TBSI, 
respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2014. 

21.  Segment and Related Information 

Operating segments are determined by products and services provided by each segment, internal organization structure, 
the manner in which operations are managed, criteria used by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) to assess the 
segment performance, as well as resource allocation and the availability of discrete financial information. Following the spin-off 
of HART, the Company’s former Regenerative Medicine Device (“RMD”) segment, the Company has one operating segment. 
As such, segment results and consolidated results are the same. 

The following tables summarize selected financial information of the Company’s continuing operations by geographic 

location: 

Revenues originating from the following geographic areas consist of: 

United States ............................................................................................  $
United Kingdom ......................................................................................   
Rest of the world ......................................................................................   
Total revenues ..........................................................................................  $

63,727   $
24,754    
20,182    
108,663   $

63,810    $
23,123     
18,238     
105,171    $

65,190 
27,137 
18,844 
111,171 

2014

Year Ended December 31,
2013 
(in thousands) 

2012

F-33 

  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
   
 
 
   
 
   
    
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Long-lived assets by geographic area consist of the following: 

United States .............................................................................................................  $
United Kingdom .......................................................................................................    
Rest of the world .......................................................................................................    
Total long-lived assets (1) .........................................................................................  $

December 31,

2014 

2013

(in thousands) 
14,335    $ 
1,698      
10,310      
26,343    $ 

14,128 
2,343 
6,913 
23,384 

(1) Total long-lived assets includes property, plant and equipment, net and amortizable intangible assets, net. 

Net assets by geographic area consist of the following: 

United States .............................................................................................................  $
United Kingdom .......................................................................................................    
Rest of the world .......................................................................................................    
Total net assets ..........................................................................................................  $

22.  Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

December 31,

2014 

2013

(in thousands) 
43,556    $ 
15,607      
36,305      
95,468    $ 

37,497 
32,214 
24,774 
94,485 

Allowance for doubtful accounts is based on the Company’s assessment of the collectability of customer accounts. A 

rollforward of allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows: 

Charged (credited) to 

    Bad Debt     Charged to       

Beginning

Expense 

  Balance     (Recoveries)   

     Other (2)     Balance  

Ending 

Allowance    
 (1)
(in thousands) 

Year ended December 31, 2012 .................................   $
Year ended December 31, 2013 .................................   $
Year ended December 31, 2014 .................................   $

302     
194     
358     

(31)    
172     
(67)    

(77)     
(8)     
56      

-    $
-    $
(19)   $

194 
358 
328 

(1) Consists of accounts written off, net of recoveries. 

(2) Consists of the effect of currency translation. 

23.  Warranties 

Warranties are estimated and accrued at the time revenues are recorded.  A rollforward of product warranties is as follows: 

    Ending  
  Beginning      
  Balance     Payments       Additions     Balance  
(in thousands) 

Year ended December 31, 2012 .........................................................   $
Year ended December 31, 2013 .........................................................   $
Year ended December 31, 2014 .........................................................   $

144     
222     
305     

(136)     
(179)     
(102)     

214    $
262    $
49    $

222 
305 
252 

24.  Quarterly Financial Information (unaudited)

The  following  quarterly  2014  and  2013  financial  information  has  been  restated  to  reflect  HART’s  operations  as 
discontinued  operations  for  all  periods  presented.  The  operations  of  HART  have  been  combined  with  the  Company’s  other 
discontinued operations. 

F-34 

  
   
 
 
   
 
    
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
   
 
 
   
 
    
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
      
        
        
        
        
 
  
      
        
        
        
        
 
 
  
      
        
        
        
        
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
      
  
  
  
 
 
  
      
        
        
        
 
  
 
 
 
Statement of Operations Data: 

2014 

  First
    Second     Third       Fourth     Fiscal
  Quarter     Quarter     Quarter      Quarter     Year

(in thousands, except per share data) 

Revenues ........................................................................................  $ 25,893   $ 26,958   $ 25,448    $  30,364   $ 108,663 
Cost of revenues ............................................................................    14,132     14,680     14,006       16,501     59,319 
Gross profit ..................................................................................    11,761     12,278     11,442       13,863     49,344 
Total operating expenses ...............................................................    10,427     10,540     10,017       11,742     42,726 
6,618 
Operating income ...........................................................................   
(2,201)
Other expense, net..........................................................................   
4,417 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes ..............   
2,062 
Income tax expense ........................................................................   
2,355 
Income from continuing operations ...............................................   
2,355 
Net income .....................................................................................  $

1,425      
(469)     
956      
323      
633      
633    $ 

1,738    
(468)   
1,270    
248    
1,022    
1,022   $

2,121    
(949)   
1,172    
1,191    
(19)   
(19)  $

1,334    
(315)   
1,019    
300    
719    
719   $

Earnings per share: 

Basic earnings per common share from continuing operations ...  $
Basic earnings per common share ...............................................  $

0.02   $
0.02   $

0.03   $
0.03   $

0.02    $ 
0.02    $ 

Diluted earnings per common share from continuing operations  $
Diluted earnings per common share ............................................  $

0.02   $
0.02   $

0.03   $
0.03   $

0.02    $ 
0.02    $ 

-   $
-   $

-   $
-   $

0.07 
0.07 

0.07 
0.07 

Statement of Operations Data: 

2013 

  First
    Second     Third       Fourth     Fiscal
  Quarter     Quarter     Quarter      Quarter     Year

(in thousands, except per share data) 

Revenues ........................................................................................  $ 26,086   $ 26,094   $ 25,137    $  27,854   $ 105,171 
Cost of revenues ............................................................................    13,826     14,005     13,838       15,806     57,475 
Gross profit ..................................................................................    12,260     12,089     11,299       12,048     47,696 
Total operating expenses ...............................................................    10,934     11,343     10,885       12,997     46,159 
1,537 
Operating income (loss) .................................................................   
(949)   
(1,102)
Other expense, net..........................................................................   
(319)   
435 
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes ....   
(1,268)   
(288)
Income tax expense (benefit) .........................................................   
(1,013)   
723 
Income (loss) from continuing operations .....................................   
(255)   
(501)   
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax ...............................   
(2,553)
(756)  $ (1,830)
Net income (loss) ...........................................................................  $

1,326    
(95)   
1,231    
299    
932    
(836)   
96   $

414      
(358)     
56      
105      
(49)     
(935)     
(984)   $ 

746    
(330)   
416    
321    
95    
(281)   
(186)  $

Earnings (loss) per share: 

Basic earnings (loss) per common share from continuing 

operations .................................................................................  $
Discontinued operations ..............................................................   
Basic earnings (loss) per common share .....................................  $

0.03   $
(0.03)   
-   $

-   $
(0.01)   
(0.01)  $

-    $ 
(0.03)     
(0.03)   $ 

(0.01)  $
(0.01)   
(0.02)  $

0.02 
(0.08)
(0.06)

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share from continuing 

operations .................................................................................  $
Discontinued operations ..............................................................   
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share ..................................  $

0.03   $
(0.03)   
-   $

-   $
(0.01)   
(0.01)  $

-    $ 
(0.03)     
(0.03)   $ 

(0.01)  $
(0.01)   
(0.02)  $

0.02 
(0.08)
(0.06)

F-35 

 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
    
      
      
      
      
 
   
   
      
      
       
      
  
   
   
      
      
       
      
  
   
      
      
       
      
  
   
   
      
      
       
      
  
   
   
      
      
       
      
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
    
      
      
      
      
 
   
   
      
      
       
      
  
   
      
      
       
      
  
   
   
      
      
       
      
  
   
   
      
      
       
      
  
 
 
 
25.  Subsequent Event 

HEKA Elektronik 

On January 8, 2015, the Company, through its wholly-owned Multi Channel Systems MCS GmbH subsidiary, acquired 
all  of  the  issued  and  outstanding  shares  of  HEKA  Elektronik  (“HEKA”)  for  approximately  $6.0  million.  Included  in  the 
acquisition of HEKA are: HEKA Electronik Dr. Schulze GmbH, based in Lambrecht, Germany; HEKA Electronics Incorporated, 
based  in  Chester, Nova  Scotia,  Canada;  and  HEKA Instruments  Incorporated, based  in  Bellmore, New York.  The Company 
funded the acquisition from its existing cash balances. 

HEKA is a developer, manufacturer and marketer of sophisticated electrophysiology instrumentation and software for 
biomedical and industrial research applications. This acquisition is complementary to the electrophysiology line currently offered 
by the Company’s wholly-owned Warner Instruments and MCS subsidiaries. 

The Company is in the process of determining the fair value of the various tangible and intangible assets acquired as a 

result of this acquisition. 

F-36 

 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed 

on its behalf by undersigned thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Date: March 12, 2015 

HARVARD BIOSCIENCE, INC. 

By: /s/ JEFFREY A. DUCHEMIN 

Jeffrey A. Duchemin 
    Chief Executive Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following 

persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated: 

Signature 

Title

Date

/s/ JEFFREY A. DUCHEMIN 
Jeffrey A. Duchemin 

  Chief Executive Officer and Director  
  (Principal Executive Officer) 

March 12, 2015 

/s/ ROBERT E. GAGNON 
Robert E. Gagnon 

  Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial   
  Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) 

March 12, 2015 

/s/ ROBERT DISHMAN 
Robert Dishman 

/s/ DAVID GREEN 
David Green 

/s/ NEAL J. HARTE 
Neal J. Harte 

/s/ JOHN F. KENNEDY 
John F. Kennedy 

/s/ EARL R. LEWIS 
Earl R. Lewis 

/s/ BERTRAND LOY 
Bertrand Loy 

/s/ GEORGE UVEGES 
George Uveges 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

March 12, 2015 

March 12, 2015 

March 12, 2015 

March 12, 2015 

March 12, 2015 

March 12, 2015 

March 12, 2015 

 
  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
 
  
   
     
     
  
    
   
     
     
    
   
     
     
  
    
    
   
     
     
  
    
    
   
     
     
  
    
    
   
     
     
  
    
    
   
     
     
  
    
    
   
     
     
  
    
    
   
     
     
  
    
    
 
 
 
EXHIBIT INDEX 

The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Where such filing is made by incorporation 

by reference to a previously filed document, such document is identified. 

(5)2.1    Asset Purchase Agreement, dated September 30, 2008, by and among Harvard Bioscience, Inc., as Parent, Union

Biometrica, Inc., as Seller, and UBIO Acquisition Company, as Buyer. 

(12)2.2    Asset Purchase Agreement, dated September 2, 2009, by and among Harvard Bioscience, Inc., as Parent, and DAC 
Acquisition Holding, Inc., as Purchaser, Denville Scientific, Inc., as Seller, and Walter Demsia and Ryan Sharp,
as Shareholders. 

(22)2.3    Separation and Distribution Agreement between Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and Harvard Apparatus Regenerative

Technology, Inc. dated as of October 31, 2013. 

2.4*

Share Purchase Agreement between Biochrom Limited, as Buyer, and Multi Channel Systems Holding GmbH, as
Seller, dated as of October 1, 2014. 

(27) 2.5

Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Harvard Bioscience, Inc., as Buyer, Triangle BioSystems, Inc., and the
sellers party thereto dated as of October 1, 2014. 

(28) 2.6

Agreement for the Sale and Purchase of All Shares in HEKA GmbH by and among Multi Channel Systems MCS 
GmbH, as Purchaser, Dr. Peter Schulze GmbH & Co. KG, as Seller, and Dr. Peter Schulze, as Guarantor, dated
as of January 8, 2015. 

(28) 2.7

Agreement  for  the  Sale  and  Purchase  of  All  Shares  in  HEKA  Canada  between  Ealing  Scientific  Limited,  as 
Purchaser, and Dr. Peter Schulze, as Seller, dated as of January 8, 2015 

(1a)3.1    Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Harvard Bioscience, Inc. 

(1a)3.2    Amended and Restated By-laws of Harvard Bioscience, Inc. 

(2)3.3    Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Bylaws of Harvard Bioscience, Inc. (as adopted October 30, 2007).

(6)3.4    Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of a Series of Preferred Stock of Harvard Bioscience, Inc. 

classifying and designating the Series A Junior Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock. 

(1a)4.1    Specimen certificate for shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value, of Harvard Bioscience, Inc. 

(1b)4.2    Amended  and  Restated  Securityholders’  Agreement  dated  as  of  March  2,  1999  by  and  among  Harvard 
Apparatus,  Inc.,  Pioneer  Partnership  II,  Pioneer  Capital  Corp.,  First  New  England  Capital,  L.P.  and  Citizens
Capital, Inc. and Chane Graziano and David Green. 

 (6/7)4.3  Shareholders Rights Agreement, dated as of February 5, 2008 between Harvard Bioscience, Inc., and Registrar

and Transfer Company, as Rights Agent. 

(1b)10.1  Harvard Apparatus, Inc. 1996 Stock Option and Grant Plan. 

 (17)10.2    Harvard Bioscience, Inc. Third Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option and Incentive Plan. 

(1a)10.3    Harvard Bioscience, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan. 

# (14)10.4    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and Chane Graziano, dated

December 18, 2008. 

# (14)10.5    Amended  and  Restated  Employment  Agreement  between  Harvard  Bioscience,  Inc.  and  David  Green,  dated 

December 18, 2008. 

(1b)10.6    Form of Director Indemnification Agreement. 

 
  
  
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
        
   
        
   
        
   
   
       
   
       
        
   
       
   
       
   
       
 
 
  
 
  
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
(14)10.7    Lease of Unit 22 Phase I Cambridge Science Park, Milton Road, Cambridge dated May 8, 2008 between The

Master Fellows and Scholars of Trinity College Cambridge and Biochrom Limited. 

# (14)10.8    Amended  and Restated  Employment  Agreement  between Harvard  Bioscience, Inc.  and  Susan Luscinski  dated

December 18, 2008. 

+(4)10.9    Strategic  Supplier  Alliance  Agreement,  dated  April  10,  2008,  by  and  between  Biochrom  Limited  and  GE 

Healthcare Biosciences, Corp. 

(11)10.10    Lease, dated February 23, 2004, by and between William Cash Forman and Hoefer, Inc. 

+(8)10.11    Trademark License Agreement, dated December 9, 2002, by and between Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and President 

and Fellows of Harvard College. 

(9)10.12    Lease Agreement Between Seven October Hill, LLC and Harvard Bioscience, Inc. dated December 30, 2005. 

(10)10.13    Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement (Executive Officers). 

(10)10.14    Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (Executive Officers). 

(10)10.15    Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (Non-Employee Directors). 

 # (3)10.16    Employment Agreement Between Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and Thomas McNaughton, dated November 14, 2008.

(13)10.17    Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Loan Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2009, by and among Harvard
Bioscience, Inc. and the Lenders from time to time party thereto, including Bank of America, N.A. (both in its 
capacity as “Lender” and in its capacity as “Agent”), and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. 

(15) 10.18    Amendment No. 2, dated as of May 22, 2010, to Lease Agreement, as subsequently amended, between Seven

October Hill LLC and Harvard Bioscience, Inc. 

(16) 10.19    Form of Deferred Stock Award Agreement under the Harvard Bioscience, Inc. 

10.20*    Director Compensation Arrangements. 

(24) 10.21    Amendment No. 1 to the Harvard Bioscience, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan, effective as of January 1, 2012.

 (24) 10.22    First Amendment to Harvard Bioscience, Inc. Third Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option and Incentive Plan,

effective as of March 9, 2013. 

(18) 10.23    Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2013, by and among Harvard
Bioscience, Inc. and the Lenders from time to time party thereto, including Bank of America, N.A. and Brown
Brothers Harriman & Co. 

(24) 10.24    Amendment No. 2 to the Harvard Bioscience, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan, effective as of May 23, 2013.

(24) 10.25  First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 30, 2013, with an effective
date as of April 30, 2013, by and among Harvard Bioscience, Inc. Bank of America, N.A. and Brown Brothers
Harriman & Co. 

# (19) 10.26    Employment Agreement, dated August 26, 2013, between Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and Jeffrey A. Duchemin. 

# (20) 10.27    Offer letter dated September 30, 2013 between Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and Yoav Sibony. 

# (20) 10.28    Offer letter dated September 30, 2013 between Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and Yong Sun. 

# (21) 10.29    Employment Agreement, dated October 2, 2013, between Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and Robert E. Gagnon. 

 
   
       
   
       
   
       
        
        
   
       
   
       
   
       
 
  
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
  
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
 
 
(24) 10.30    Second Amendment  to  Second Amended  and  Restated  Credit Agreement  and Waiver  dated  as of  October 31,

2013, by and among Harvard Bioscience, Inc. Bank of America, N.A. and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. 

(22) 10.31    Intellectual Property Matters Agreement between Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and Harvard Apparatus Regenerative

Technology, Inc. dated as of October 31, 2013. 

(22) 10.32    Product  Distribution  Agreement  between  Harvard  Bioscience,  Inc.  and  Harvard  Apparatus  Regenerative

Technology, Inc. dated as of October 31, 2013. 

(22) 10.33    Tax Sharing Agreement between Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and Harvard Apparatus Regenerative Technology, Inc. 

dated as of October 31, 2013. 

(22) 10.34    Transition  Services  Agreement  between  Harvard  Bioscience,  Inc.  and  Harvard  Apparatus  Regenerative

Technology, Inc. dated as of October 31, 2013. 

(22) 10.35    Waiver Relating to the Employment Agreement between Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and David Green dated as of

October, 31, 2013 between Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and David Green. 

(22) 10.36    Waiver Relating to the Employment Agreement between Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and Thomas McNaughton dated 

as of October, 31, 2013 between Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and Thomas McNaughton. 

# (25) 10.37

Amendment to Employment Agreement between Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and Jeffrey A. Duchemin, effective
July 30, 2014. 

# (25) 10.38

Amendment to Employment Agreement between Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and Robert E. Gagnon, effective July
30, 2014. 

(26) 10.39

Amendment No. 3, dated as of May 30, 2014, to Lease Agreement, as subsequently amended, between Seven
October Hill LLC and Harvard Bioscience, Inc. 

21.1*    Subsidiaries of the Registrant. 

23.1*    Consent of KPMG LLP. 

31.1*    Certification of Chief Financial Officer of Harvard Bioscience, Inc., pursuant to Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e), 

as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

31.2*    Certification of Chief Executive Officer of Harvard Bioscience, Inc., pursuant to Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e), 

as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

32.1**    Certification  of  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Harvard  Bioscience,  Inc.,  pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section  1350,  as 

adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

32.2**    Certification  of  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Harvard  Bioscience,  Inc.,  pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section  1350,  as 

adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

101.INS*    XBRL Instance Document 

101.SCH*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 

101.CAL*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 

101.DEF*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 

101.LAB*  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document 

101.PRE*  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document 

 
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
  
   
        
   
   
       
  
   
       
  
   
       
   
       
  
   
       
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
   
 
   
  
(1a)  Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-45996) (filed on 

November 9, 2000) and incorporated by reference thereto. 

(1b)  Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-45996) (filed on 

October 25, 2000) and incorporated by reference thereto. 

(2)  Previously  filed  as  an  exhibit  to  the  Company’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  (filed  on  November  1,  2007)  and 

incorporated by reference thereto. 

(3)  Previously  filed  as  an  exhibit  to  the  Company’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  (filed  November  18,  2008)  and 

incorporated by reference thereto. 

(4)  Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A, as amended (filed February 19, 

2009) and incorporated by reference thereto. 

(5)  Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed on October 6, 2008) and incorporated 

by reference thereto. 

(6)  Previously  filed  as  an  exhibit  to  the  Company’s  Registration  Statement  on  Form  8-A  (filed  February  8,  2008)  and 

incorporated by reference thereto. 

(7)  Previously  filed  as  an  exhibit  to  the  Company’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  (filed  on  February  8,  2008)  and 

incorporated by reference thereto. 

(8)  Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (filed May 15, 2003) and incorporated 

by reference thereto. 

 (9)  Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed January 4, 2006) and incorporated 

by reference thereto. 

(10)  Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (filed March 16, 2006) and incorporated 

by reference thereto. 

(11)  Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (filed March 15, 2004) and incorporated 

by reference thereto. 

(12)  Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed September 9, 2009) and incorporated 

by reference thereto. 

(13)  Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed August 13, 2009) and incorporated 

by reference thereto. 

(14)  Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (filed March 11, 2009) and incorporated 

by reference thereto. 

(15)  Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed June 3, 2010) and incorporated by 

reference thereto. 

(16)  Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (filed March 16, 2011) and incorporated 

by reference thereto. 

(17)  Previously disclosed in the Company’s Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A (filed April 15, 2011) and incorporated by

reference thereto. 

(18)  Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed April 3, 2013) and incorporated by 

reference thereto. 

(19)  Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed August 29, 2013) and incorporated 

by reference thereto. 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
(20)  Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed February 19, 2014) and incorporated 

by reference thereto. 

(21)  Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed October 16, 2013) and incorporated 

by reference thereto. 

(22)  Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed November 6, 2013) and incorporated 

by reference thereto. 

(24)  Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (filed March 14, 2014) and incorporated 

by reference thereto. 

(25)  Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed July 31, 2014) and incorporated by 

reference thereto. 

(26)  Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (filed August 7, 2014) and incorporated 

by reference thereto. 

(27)  Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed October 1, 2014) and incorporated 

by reference thereto. 

(28)  Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed January 9, 2015) and incorporated 

by reference thereto. 

+  Certain portions of this document have been granted confidential treatment by the Securities and Exchange Commission

(the “Commission”). 

* 

Filed with this Form 10-K. 

**  This certification shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or 
otherwise subject to the liability of that section, nor shall it be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing 
under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 

#  Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 

§ 

The schedules and exhibits to the Separation and Distribution Agreement have been omitted. A copy of any omitted 
schedule or exhibit will be furnished to the SEC supplementally upon request. 

The Company will furnish to stockholders a copy of any exhibit without charge upon written request. 

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 21.1 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant 

Warner Instruments LLC (United States) 
Hoefer, Inc. (United States) 
KD Scientific, Inc. (United States) 
Biochrom US, Inc. (United States) 
Denville Scientific, Inc. (United States) 
Cartesian Technologies, Inc. (United States) 
Harvard Apparatus Limited (United Kingdom) 
Biochrom Limited (United Kingdom) 
Scie-Plas Ltd. (United Kingdom) 
Walden Precision Apparatus Ltd. (United Kingdom) 
Harvard Apparatus, S.A.R.L. (France) 
Asys Hitech GmbH (Austria) 
Hugo Sachs Elektronik Harvard Apparatus GmbH (Germany) 
Ealing Scientific Limited (doing business as Harvard Apparatus, Canada) (Canada) 
Panlab S.L. (Spain) 
FKA GSI US, Inc. (formerly Genomic Solutions, Inc.) (United States) 
FKAUBI, Inc. (formerly Union Biometrica, Inc.) (United States) 
Genomic Solutions Canada, Inc. (United States) 
Coulbourn Instruments, LLC (United States) 
CMA Microdialysis AB (Sweden) 
AHN Biotechnologie GmbH (Germany) 
AHN Acquisition GmbH (Germany) 
BioDrop Ltd. (United Kingdom) 
Multi Channel Systems MCS GmbH (Germany) 
Triangle BioSystems, Inc. (United States) 
HEKA Electronik Dr. Schulze GmbH (Germany) 
HEKA Electronics Incorporated (Canada) 
HEKA Instruments Incorporated (United States) 

 
  
  
 
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

EXHIBIT 23.1 

The Board of Directors 
Harvard Bioscience, Inc.: 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement Numbers 333-53848, 333-104544, 333-135418, 333-
151003, 333-174476 and 333-189175 on Form S-8 of Harvard Bioscience, Inc. and subsidiaries of our reports dated March 12, 
2015, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Harvard Bioscience, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the 
related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the 
years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2014, which reports appear in the December 31, 2014 annual report on Form 10-K of Harvard Bioscience, Inc. 

Our report dated March 12, 2015, on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, 
contains an explanatory paragraph that states Harvard Bioscience, Inc. acquired MCS and TBSI during 2014, and management 
excluded from its assessment of the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 
2014, MCS’s and TBSI’s internal control over financial reporting associated with total assets of $15.4 million (of which $9.9 
million represents goodwill and intangibles included within the scope of the assessment) and total revenues of $2.5 million in 
the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014. Our audit of internal 
control over financial reporting of the Company also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of 
MCS and TBSI. 

Boston, Massachusetts 
March 12, 2015 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

 
  
  
  
 
 
  
   
  
 
 
I, Robert E. Gagnon, certify that: 

Certification 

1.  I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Harvard Bioscience, Inc.; 

EXHIBIT 31.1 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading
with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all
material  respects  the financial  condition, results of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the registrant  as of,  and for,  the  periods
presented in this report; 

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and
procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e)  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a. Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries,
is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c. Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this 
report based on such evaluation; and 

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the
registrant’s  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; 
and 

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons
performing the equivalent functions): 

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial
information; and 

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 12, 2015 

/s/ ROBERT E. GAGNON 
Robert E. Gagnon 
Chief Financial Officer 

 
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
 
 
 
I, Jeffrey A. Duchemin, certify that: 

Certification 

1.  I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Harvard Bioscience, Inc.; 

EXHIBIT 31.2 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading
with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all
material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the  registrant  as  of,  and  for,  the  periods
presented in this report; 

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined 
in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under
our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is
made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

b. Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c. Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this 
report based on such evaluation; and 

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the
registrant’s  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; 
and 

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons
performing the equivalent functions): 

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting
which are reasonable likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial 
information; and 

b. Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date:  March 12, 2015 

/s/ JEFFREY A. DUCHEMIN 
Jeffrey A. Duchemin 
Chief Executive Officer 

 
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
 
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF PERIODIC FINANCIAL REPORT 
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 

EXHIBIT 32.1 

The  undersigned  officer  of  Harvard  Bioscience,  Inc.  (the  “Company”)  hereby  certifies  to  his  knowledge  that  the 
Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 to which this certification is being furnished as 
an exhibit (the “Report”), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, fully complies with the 
requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), 
and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of 
operations of the Company. This certification  is provided solely pursuant  to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and Item 601(b)(32) of 
Regulation S-K (“Item 601(b)(32)”) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and the 
Exchange Act. In accordance with clause (ii) of Item 601(b)(32), this certification (A) shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes 
of  Section  18  of  the  Exchange  Act,  or  otherwise  subject  to  the  liability  of  that  section,  and  (B)  shall  not  be  deemed  to  be 
incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the Company 
specifically incorporates it by reference. 

Date: March 12, 2015 

/s/ ROBERT E. GAGNON 
Name: Robert E. Gagnon 
Title: Chief Financial Officer 

 
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF PERIODIC FINANCIAL REPORT 
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 

EXHIBIT 32.2 

The  undersigned  officer  of  Harvard  Bioscience,  Inc.  (the  “Company”)  hereby  certifies  to  his  knowledge  that  the 
Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 to which this certification is being furnished as 
an exhibit (the “Report”), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, fully complies with the 
requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), 
and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of 
operations of the Company. This certification  is provided solely pursuant  to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and Item 601(b)(32) of 
Regulation S-K (“Item 601(b)(32)”) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and the 
Exchange Act. In accordance with clause (ii) of Item 601(b)(32), this certification (A) shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes 
of  Section  18  of  the  Exchange  Act,  or  otherwise  subject  to  the  liability  of  that  section,  and  (B)  shall  not  be  deemed  to  be 
incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the Company 
specifically incorporates it by reference. 

Date: March 12, 2015 

/s/ JEFFREY A. DUCHEMIN 
Name: Jeffrey A. Duchemin 
Title: Chief Executive Officer 

 
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
 
  
 
Exhibit 1

Harvard Bioscience, Inc.

Reconciliation of US GAAP Income from Continuing Operations to Non-GAAP Adjusted Income from  
Continuing Operations (unaudited)

For the Year Ended December 31, 

2010  

2011  

2012  

2013  

2014

US GAAP income from continuing operations ................................. $ 19,638  $  5,289  $  4,494  $ 

723  $  2,355 

Adjustments:

Amortization of intangible assets ...............................................

   2,364   

 2,746     2,752   

 2,590   

 2,578 

Inventory valuation step-up charges on acquisition ...................

Inventory write-down .................................................................

Acquisition costs ........................................................................

–    

169   

310   

–    

76   

–    

 74   

699   

308   

Gain on acquisition contingencies ..............................................

 (429 )  

–     

–     

–    

–     

5   

–     

HART transaction costs ..............................................................

–      

161   

 696     2,048   

263

–   

1,144 

–   

–   

Restructuring and severance related expenses .........................

498    

640    

310   

 2,150   

 1,647 

Stock-based compensation expense .........................................

 2,756     2,819     3,257   

 2,599   

 2,156 

Accounts receivable reserve adjustment related to acquisition ...

(237 )  

–     

–     

–     

–   

Income taxes ..............................................................................

  (14,191 )   

(2,614 )  

 (1,671 )   

(3,053 )   

(1,250 )

Non-GAAP adjusted income from continuing operations ................ $ 10,878  $  9,816  $ 10,220  $  7,062 $  8,893

Exhibit 2

Harvard Bioscience, Inc.

Reconciliation of US GAAP Diluted Earnings Per Common Share from Continuing Operations to  
Non-GAAP Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Common Share from Continuing Operations (unaudited)

For the Year Ended December 31, 

2010  

2011  

2012  

2013  

2014

US GAAP earnings per diluted share from continuing operations ... $ 

0.67   $  0.18   $  0.15   $  0.02   $  0.07 

Adjustments:

Amortization of intangible assets ...............................................

 0.08   

 0.09    

0.09    

0.08    

0.08 

Inventory valuation step-up charges on acquisition ...................

–    

Inventory write-down .................................................................

 0.01   

–    

–     

–    

–     

Acquisition costs ........................................................................

 0.01    

0.02    

0.01   

Gain on acquisition contingencies ..............................................

 (0.02 )  

–     

–     

–     

–     

–      

–     

HART transaction costs ..............................................................

–      

0.01    

0.02    

0.06  

0.01

–   

0.03 

–  

–   

Restructuring and severance related expenses .........................

0.02    

0.02    

0.01   

 0.07   

 0.05 

Stock-based compensation expense .........................................

0.09    

0.09   

 0.11    

0.08    

0.06 

Accounts receivable reserve adjustment related to acquisition ...

(0.01 )  

–     

–     

–     

–   

Income taxes ..............................................................................

(0.48 )   

(0.08 )   

(0.05 )  

 (0.09 )  

 (0.03 )

Non-GAAP adjusted earnings per diluted share from  
  continuing operations .....................................................................  $  0.37   $  0.33   $  0.34   $  0.22  $  0.27

Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements.  In 
some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements 
by terms such as “capitalize,” “increase,” “guidance,” 
“objectives,” “emerging,” “long-term,” “growth,” “potential,” 
“future,” “expects,” “plans,” “achieve,” “could,” “will,” 
“lead,” “opportunity,” “estimate,” “continue,” “strategy,” 
“intend,” “believe,””see,” “may,” “should,” “would,” 
“seek,” “aim,” “anticipates,” “projects,” “predicts,” “think,” 
“optimistic,” “new,” “goal” and similar expressions.  These 
statements include, but are not limited to,  statements 
or inferences about our beliefs, plans or objectives, 
management’s confidence or expectations, our business 
strategy and ability to execute such strategy, the outlook for 
the life sciences industry, and our positioning for growth and 
market demand. 

These statements involve known and unknown risks, 
uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual 
results, performance or achievements to be materially different 
from any future results, performance or achievements 
expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. 
Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, 
statements about management’s confidence or expectations, 
our business strategy, our ability to raise capital or borrow 
funds to consummate acquisitions and the availability of 
attractive acquisition candidates, our expectations regarding 
future costs of product revenues, our anticipated compliance 
with the covenants contained in our credit facility, the 
adequacy of our financial resources and our plans, objectives, 
expectations and intentions that are not historical facts, plus 
factors described under the heading “Part I, Item 1A. Risk 
Factors” in our 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K or in our 
other public filings.

W W W . H A R V A R D B I O S C I E N C E . C O M

Dr. James Morizio

Dr. James Morizio 
founded Triangle 
BioSystems, Inc. (TBSI) 
in 2001. TBSI is a 
developer, manufacturer 
and marketer of 
wireless neural interface 
equipment to aid in vivo 
neuroscience research. 
Prior to founding TBSI,  
Dr. Morizio held 
progressive positions 
in engineering at both 
IBM and Mitsubishi 
Semiconductor. He is 
currently an Adjunct 
Associate professor at 
Duke University and 
Director of R&D at 
Harvard Bioscience. Dr. 
Morizio holds a B.S. in 
electrical engineering 
from Virginia Polytechnic 
Institute, a M.S. in 
electrical engineering 
from the University of 
Colorado and a Ph.D. in 
electrical engineering 
from Duke University.

 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
8 4 Oc tober Hi l l R oad
Hol list on, M ass achuset ts 01746
phone  508.893.8066
ww w.ha rva rdbios ci enc e.com